Engineeringbinder PDF

VIBRATION MANAGEMENT
CORPORATION
HOUSTON, TEXAS
VIMCO
MANUFACTURERS OF ENGINEERED VIBRATION, SHOCK,
NOISE CONTROL AND SEISMIC RESTRAINT PRODUCTS
FOR INDUSTRIAL, HVAC AND ACOUSTIC APPLICATIONS
Visit our website at WWW.VIMCO.BIZ

Rev. 0.1
CATALOGS
VIBRATION MANAGEMENT CORPORATION
3532-A EAST TC JESTER BLVD., BROOKWOOD BUSINESS PARK Internet Address
HOUSTON, TEXAS 77018, U.S.A. www.vimco.biz
TEL: +1 (713) 263-8181 FAX: +1 (713) 263-1133 E-MAIL: sales@vimco.biz
VIBRATION AND NOISE CONTROL

PRODUCTS
Local Representative : Due to our policy of continual product development and Catalog no.
improvement, all specifications are subject to change without
prior notice. Please consult your local rep. for updates. G - 1000
Rev. 5
VIMCO™ BA - BF series spring mounts are VIMCO™ FMD series neoprene mounts
unhoused, laterally stable steel springs, incorporate top and bottom embedded steel
contained in molded neoprene acoustical plates to ensure uniform loading. All mounts
cups (weld-free construction) with leveling have non-skid ribs on bottom surface. Series
bolt assembly. Series features 3 different features various sizes / durometers with
sizes with optional mounting plates. Available color-coded identification for different load
in 1", 2" and 3" deflection series. / deflection combinations.
VIMCO™ pad type isolators are available in 4 different series : CRMP, SRMP,
RMP and ECRMP. The primary vibration absorbing material in all the above
pads is neoprene. The CRMP series incorporates low density cork
between 2 layers of neoprene for added acoustic isolation. All pads feature
anti-skid surfaces through ribbed or suction cup construction.
VIMCO™ OSM series spring mounts are VIMCO™ HS series spring hangers are
unhoused, laterally stable steel springs large diameter steel springs housed in
welded to top and bottom steel plates. rectangular steel housings. Assembly
The upper loadplate includes a leveling incorporates dual (steel and elastomer),
bolt assembly. Lower steel plate features washers for uniform load distribution and
a neoprene acoustical friction pad. high frequency isolation . Series features
Mounting holes are provided on all mounts three sizes for different capacity ranges,
as standard. Available in 1", 2" and 3" offering a versatile and economic solution.
deflection series. Available in 0.75", 1", 2" and 3" deflection
series.
VIMCO™ expansion joints are available in EPDM and stainless steel

construction. 6 models are currently stocked : FCU, FCS, FCT, JF-500T,
VIMCO™ AB series spring mounts consist VIMCO™ HN and APH series neoprene JF-500, JF-500H. Both material constructions are available with flanged
of high deflection steel springs contained in hangers are neoprene elements housed in and threaded ends. Non-standard materials and constructions are available
cast iron telescopic housings. Housings sturdy steel housings. Elements include top upon request.
feature neoprene acoustical pads bonded and bottom steel plates for uniform load VIMCO™ CRU control rod units are offered for use with EPDM construction
to bottom surface, and horizontal snubbers distribution. All elements are color-coded flanged expansion joints.
for lateral stability. Series features various for ease of identification. Available in single
models with multiple spring housings for and double deflection series. VIMCO™ formwork floating floor system
higher loads, and internal and external VIMCO™ AVHM neoprene hangers are consists of the following materials :
leveling options. Available in 1" and 2" neoprene elements "sandwiched" in top and
deflection series. bottom steel caps, to ensure uniform surface 1. Roll-out isolation material provided
load distribution. AVHM hangers are used in with neoprene / fiberglass pads.
low load applications e.g. fans, fan coil units 2. Closed cell perimeter isolating
boards
VIMCO™ RSM series restrained spring VIMCO™ HNS neospring hangers are 3. Polyurethane perimeter sealant
mounts are unhoused, laterally stable elements "sandwiched" in top and bottom 4. Neoprene contact adhesive
steel springs welded to top and bottom steel caps, to ensure uniform surface load 5. Floating floor isolated drains
steel plates. The series incorporates our distribution. AVHM hangers are used in 6. High load pads (neoprene / fiberglass)
Restricto™ bracket/stud assembly which low load applications e.g. fan coil units
allows vertical movement limits to be set RG series rubber grommets are used in
as per engineer specifications. Lower steel non-critical applications, primarily as a VIMCO™ provides a range of equipment
plate features a neoprene acoustical pad. noise break. 2 models are currently bases and rails. Concrete inertia bases
Mounting holes are provided on all mounts offered for floor mount and hanger and OEM curb adapter isolation rails are
as standard. Available in 1", 2" and 3" applications. cataloged as standard products. Design
deflection series. and manufacture of custom equipment
support systems is also available.
* All spring isolators feature VIMCO™ exclusive anti-corrosive, galvanized steel springs, color-coded for easy field verification.
G-1000 (Rev. 5)
ANCILLARY PRODUCTS
PIPE SUPPORTS:
Clevis Hangars Roller Chairs Riser Pipe Clamps

Adjustable Swivel Hangars Roller Guides Insulation Protection Shields / Inserts
Roller Hangars Pipe Slide Assemblies U Bolts
Pipe Clamps (Hangar) Pipe Stands / Adjusters Beam Clamps
DUCTING / PIPING ACCESSORIES :
Thermometers Automatic Airvents Brass Unions Damper Quadrants Splitter Dampers

Pressure Gauges Syphons Brass Tees Damper Regulators Access Door Locks
Gauge cocks Test Plugs Brass Elbows Ball Joints Test Ports
Brass Flare Fittings Self - Adhesive Hangar Pins
™
VIMCO
3532-A East TC Jester Blvd. Internet Address
Houston, Texas 77018 www.vimco.biz
G-1000 (Rev. 5) T: +1 (713) 263-8181 F: +1 (713) 263-1133 E: sales@vimco.biz
SEISMIC CONTROL
With the recent enhanced awareness and enforcement

of seismic building codes all over the world, after the
devastating earthquakes in Gujarat-India, and Valle Del
Cauca-Colombia, VIMCO™ now offers single source
responsibility for engineering, design analysis,
manufacture, and installation expertise for seismic
protection of non-structural building components
(mechanical equipment, ducting, piping).
We can work with the engineer in the design stage of

new projects, as well as "retrofit" jobs. VIMCO™
provides certified drawings/calculations stamped by
Texas registered professional engineers. Other state
certifications are also available. Please check with
factory for your requirements.
Calculations are based on projects applicable code:
UBC, BOCA, SBC or local codes. Where more than
one code is specified, we shall use the more stringent.
Sample Calculations:
A range of solutions can be recommended/supplied.

We manufacture an independent line of seismic
spring isolators with built-in internal restraints. We can
also propose a solution with a combination of our
standard line of vibration isolators and our engineer
certified model SNB external snubber. Our versatile
cable restraint system is available for use with a wide
range of seismic cable/bolt sizes.
Products:
VIBRATION AND NOISE
CONTROL PRODUCTS
For Industrial, HVAC and Acoustic Applications
* Spring Isolators
* Elastomer Isolators
* Anti-Vibration Pads
* Expansion Joints
* Pipe Supports
Clevis Hangers Roller Chairs Pipe Slides

Roller Hangers Pipe Clamps Insulation Shields
Adjustable Swivel Hangers Rubber Insulation Inserts
* Ancillary Product Lines

Duct Accessories Instrumentation Misc:
Damper Quadrants Thermometers Test Plugs
Stuck-up pins Pressure Gauges Syphons
Splitter Dampers Automatic Airvents
Ball Joints Gauge cocks
Access Door Locks

3532-A East TC Jester Blvd.
Houston - Texas 77018, USA
T: +1 (713) 263-8181 F: +1 (713) 263-1133 E: sales@vimco.biz

COMPANY
Vibration Management Corporation (VIMCO™) began operations in May 1983 as agents for
independent manufacturers. Recognizing that service and reliability were as important as price, and that
support from suppliers was not what it should be, we began to develop and design our own products. That
was in 1988. Today, VIMCO™ is one of the leading US manufacturers of engineered vibration and noise
control solutions.
VIMCO™ vibration and noise isolation products are installed

extensively worldwide and are specified by name by
consultants and engineers. Our global network of qualified sales
representatives supports our installations.
Our headquarters and manufacturing facilities in the port city of

Houston, Texas are located close to major interstate highways
10 and 45, and minutes from the Bush Intercontinental Airport.
In addition to our vibration and noise isolation product line,

VIMCO™ recently developed a range of HVAC ducting and
piping accessory products, available to reps active in this major
market segment.
Please browse through our products online at www.vimco.biz

and feel free to contact the factory office for any engineering
assistance.
Catalog G-1100 (Rev. 2)

MARKETING
VIMCO™ exports 60% of its production outside U.S.A., with agents/distributors located in Belgium,
Bolivia, China, Colombia, India, United Arab Emirates, Uruguay...
VIMCO™ is now actively concentrating on shoring up its

domestic representative base, while continuing to explore
untapped overseas markets. If you think that your
organization is currently positioned to represent / distribute
VIMCO™ products in your country or territory, please
complete our Agent Interest Form.
VIMCO™ is a regular exhibitor at industry tradeshows,

and a supporter of the annual ASHRAE (American Society
of Heating Refrigeration and Air-conditioning Engineers)
exposition. We are also a proud sponsor of the monthly
ASHRAE Journal publication.
We support and encourage representatives to aggressively
promote the VIMCO™ brand within their territories and
have a strong Co-op advertising re-imbursement program.
Contact the factory office for participation requirements /
procedures.
CAPABILITIES
The key to VIMCO’s™ success is largely due to our highly skilled professionals in the field of physics,
engineering and materials science.
Engineering development and test facilities are based in Texas and India, and include computerized
testing for static and dynamic shock and vibration evaluation. If one of VIMCO’s™ standard products is
not suitable for a particular application, our engineering group will work closely with the customer to
develop a modified standard or special design to provide the optimum isolation system. Specially
engineered designs can usually be developed with prototype tooling in four to six weeks.
Inventories of standard products are maintained for off-the-shelf delivery. Production tooling exists for all
standard series and large quantities can be supplied in two to four weeks from order placement.
VIMCO™ technical literature is produced on our in-house state of the art desktop publishing system,
using the latest CAD software. This ensures accuracy of design and allows us to quickly and
efficiently update our drawings. Striving towards an environmental friendly, paper-free
system, original VIMCO™ literature is now available online to our representatives and their
customers.
VIMCO™ now offers single source responsibility for engineering, design analysis, manufacture, and
installation expertise, for seismic protection of non-structural building components. VIMCO™ provides
certified drawings/calculations stamped by Texas registered professional engineers. Calculations are
based on projects applicable code: UBC, BOCA, SBC or local codes.
Catalog G-1100 (Rev. 2)

MODEL 3RFP
GREEN SERIES TRIPLE-CORE TM RUBBER FOAM PAD
VIMCO is proud to introduce the 1st major product development in

vibration isolation pads by a full line manufacturer in more than two
decades. Our last innovation to our isolation pad group was in the
early 1980s with the introduction of round suction cups in our 3/4"
thick Easy Cut Rubber Mounting Pad. This design has been widely
copied by other manufacturers and is now the #1 design in the
wholesale market in the US.
Our patent pending model

3RFP pads are constructed
from chemically cross-linked,
micro-cellular, rubber foam.
Our Triple-Core TM design is the
first all rubber foam isolation pad manufactured in VIMCOTM 3RFP pads are the most environment friendly
different density layers to provide greater vibration isolation pads currently available on the market:
and noise reduction. The top and bottom cores are
constructed with high density foam, with external * The pad is free of halogens, formaldehydes, CFC's, HCFC's
surfaces further toughened for better abrasion and phthalates.
resistance. The center core is thermo-molded to a * Unlike molded rubber products, no sulfur is used in the
lower density for optimal deflection. All three layers manufacturing process.
are thermally fused providing a permanent bond that * Rubber foam raw material has a lower melting point than that
is water and chemical resistant. The model 3RFP pads of molded rubber products, so less energy is used in the
come with a lifetime warranty against core separation. manufacturing stage .
* The pad material is fully recyclable .
To reduce costs, other vibration isolation manufacturers * Where a recycling program is not available, the pad can be
have come up with ingenious non-slip pattern designs safely disposed as it does not generate toxins, carcinogens
over the years, that effectively reduce the overall pad or soot when incinerated .
material required. Traditional rib patterns have been
made wider and deeper; square "waffle" pads with
large cavities have been developed; and most Other features:
recently 3" module pads with even larger cavities * Uniform closed cell structure
have been introduced. * Negligible water and water vapor absorption
The model 3RFP pads are * Mold, mildew and bacteria resistant.
molded with a bi-directional * Excellent resistance to oil, water and ozone (recommended
non-slip pattern that does not for outdoor use)
reduce effective pad thickness.
1" thick isolation material is provided with 100%
surface contact underneath the entire loaded area.
improvement, all information is subject to change without
prior notice. Please consult your local rep. for updates. P - 2201
Rev. 2
MODELS:
MODEL SIZE RECOMMENDED LOAD (MAX LOAD)

(inches) (lbs)
3RFP 181801 18" x 18" x 1" 16200 (22680)
3RFP 121201 12" x 12" x 1" 7200 (10080)
3RFP 080801 8" x 8" x 1" 3200 (4480)
3RFP 060601 6" x 6" x 1" 1800 (2520)
3RFP 040401 4" x 4" x 1" 800 (1120)
3RFP 030301 3" x 3" x 1" 450 (630)
3RFP 020201 2" x 2" x 1" 200 (280)
3RFP 181802 18" x 18" x 2" 16200 (22680)
3RFP 121202 12" x 12" x 2" 7200 (10080)
3RFP 080802 8" x 8" x 2" 3200 (4480)
3RFP 060602 6" x 6" x 2" 1800 (2520)
3RFP 040402 4" x 4" x 2" 800 (1120)
3RFP 030302 3" x 3" x 2" 450 (630)
3RFP 020202 2" x 2" x 2" 200 (280)
GENERAL PROPERTIES:
PROPERTY PERFORMANCE
Compressive strength at 25% deflection (psi) 70

Compressive strength at 50% deflection (psi) 120
Compression set to 50% of original thickness (%) 1
Water absorption (% by weight, room temp, 5hrs) <1
Working temperature range (°F) -70°F ~ 180°F
SUGGESTED SPECIFICATIONS:
A. Elastomeric Pad Isolators

1. Isolator shall be 3-layer high density rubber foam pads with low density center core. Top and bottom surfaces shall be bi-directional non-slip pattern
designed to provide 100% surface contact with equipment under entire loaded area.
2. Isolator material shall be closed cell, chemically cross-linked rubber foam. It shall be free of sulfur, halogens, and other toxins.
3. Isolators shall be suitable for outdoor use. Material of construction shall be oil, water and ozone resistant.
4. Isolators shall have a lifetime manufacturer warranty against layer/core separation.
5. Isolators shall be environmentally friendly and shall not generate toxins, carcinogens or soot when incinerated.
6. Isolators shall have maximum load capacity of 70 lbs/ sq. inch
7. Isolators shall be minimum 1" or 2" thick as indicated in equipment schedules or as per isolation manufacturers recommendation.
8. Elastomeric Pad Isolators shall be model 3RFP as manufactured by Vibration Management Corporation (VIMCO)
VIMCO
P-2201 (Rev. 2) T: +1 (713) 263-8181 F: +1 (713) 263-1133 E: sales@vimco.biz
VIMCOTM
ANTI VIBRATION HANGER MOUNT (AVHM)
Looking for an easier way to isolate vibration on

your suspended equipment?
You will LOVE our AVHM Hanger Mount series
* Simple single rod installation
* Compact pocket-size design - available in two sizes
* Set of 4 supports equipment upto 440 and 880 lbs.
* Less than 1/4th the cost of traditional neoprene in shear hangers
improvement, all information is subject to change without
Rev. 0
3532-A EAST TC JESTER, BROOKWOOD BUSINESS PARK Internet Address
FLOATING FLOORS
VIMCO floating floors provide a solution to the problem where the transmission loss of the standard
structural floor is not sufficient to prevent noise from passing from mechanical rooms to noise-sensitive
areas above or below it. Floating floors primarily control airborne sound transmissions; they are not
intended to be used in place of vibration isolators and/or inertia bases.
VIMCO floating floors ensure a transmission loss far greater than that predicted by the Mass law which
predicts a maximum STC rating increase of 6 by doubling the mass (height) of the original structural
slab. A 150mm concrete structural floor has an STC of only 54. Doubling the mass/height of the
concrete to 300mm would theoretically still only yield an STC of 60. Floating floors offer a dramatic
improvement with tests having shown transmission loss ratings exceeding STC 75 !!!
Enclosed air gaps
VIMCO floating floors perform acoustically on the same
principle as a double-glazed window : The separation of the
masses, with an air gap, gives a much greater transmission
loss than if the two masses are combined into a continuous
floor. The "enclosed air cavity " is the primary isolator.
A double-glazed window can be held in place without
compromising the air gap, but in a floating floor, mounts
are required to support the floating floor. Since each mount
is a potential "short circuit " point for noise transmission,
care should be taken in selecting the type of mount.
STC ratings of 75-80 obtained in test conditions, are possible, and can be approached in the field, if
care is paid to the elimination of "flanking ". Flanking paths represent all alternate routes through which
sound from the source area can bypass the primary separating element (i.e. floating floor) and enter
the receiving area. Common sound flanking paths include return air plenums, doors, and windows. The
structural floor adjacent to the floating floor is also a possible flanking path, and this should be
considered by the consulting engineer when designing the extent of the floating floor area. In most cases
a 1000-1500mm extension of the floating floor area beyond the equipment footprint is required, to ensure
required sound levels in the receiver area. This allows natural attenuation of the equipment noise to a
level for which the transmission loss through the structural floor is sufficient.
Direct and flanking noise attenuation
improvement, all specifications are subject to change without P - 2600
prior notice. Please consult your local rep. for updates. (4 pages)
Rev. 2
Design considerations
The first step in floating floor design is to determine what the acceptable level of background sound shall
be. The following table lists normally accepted background sound levels for a variety of space uses :
Design guidelines for HVAC System Noise in Unoccupied Spaces
Occupancy RC (N) Level Occupancy RC (N) Level
Private residences 25-30 Hospitals and clinics
Apartments 30-35 Private rooms 25-30
Hotels/Motels Wards 30-35
Individual rooms or suites 25-35 Operating rooms 25-30
Meeting/banquet rooms 25-35 Laboratories 35-40
Halls, corridors, lobbies 35-40 Corridors 30-35
Service/support areas 35-45 Public areas 30-40
Offices Schools
Executive 25-30 Lecture and classrooms 25-30
Conference rooms 25-30 Open-plan classrooms 35-40
Private 30-35 Legitimate theaters 20-25
Open-plan areas 30-40 Movie theaters 30-35
Public circulation 40-45 Restaurants 40-45
Churches, mosques 25-35 Concert and recital halls 15-20
Libraries 30-40 Recording studios 15-20
Courtrooms 25-40 TV studios 20-25
The above noise levels should be specified in terms of RC(N) noise ratings whenever the quality of space
dictates the need for a neutral, unobtrusive background sound. NC ratings may be used when the quality
of space use is not as demanding, and can tolerate a rumbly, hissy, or tonal characteristic in the
background sound, as long as it is not too loud.
RC (Room criteria) curves NC (Noise criteria) curves
Region A :
High probability that noise
induced vibration levels will be
clearly feelable
Region B :
Noise induced vibration levels
may be moderately feelable
Region C :
Below threshold of hearing for
continuous noise
Based on above data, equipment noise levels, and STC rating of existing structural slab, a determination
has to be made whether any further transmission loss is required between the mechanical and receiver
rooms. If so, a VIMCO floating floor offers a possible solution.
What remains to be determined is the extent of the mechanical room area that needs to be "floated "
The following factors (among others) need to be considered by an acoustical engineer :
1. Sound attenuation capabilities of standard structural floor.
2. The extent to, and ease with which flanking noise can be reliably contained.
VIMCO along with our factory authorised representatives are technically qualified to assist in the design of
specific floating floor applications. All vendors, however tend to favor and be more familiar with their own
products than those of their competitors. We continue to suggest, in the interests of the client, that floating
floor design be handled independently by an acoustical expert within your organization. If such a person
does not exist, we strongly recommend to retain the services of an outside acoustical consultant, in
this area of extreme client sensitivity.
Construction
Vibration Management Corporation prefers and recommends a form-work floating floor construction
over the lift slab / jack-up system offered by other manufacturers.
All types of floating floor construction perform the same acoustically as long as the dynamic natural
frequency of the isolation mount, the air gap, and masses are the same. The choice of construction
method therefore depends on economy, reliability, and ease of installation.
Jack-up system manufacturers generally claim lower installed costs. This cost differential tends to
disappear though, for larger areas where many equipment are supported on the floor, or where many
plinths project through the floating floor for equipment, piping support. In both cases the number of
cannisters has to be increased to provide proper edge and weight support. Most jack-up systems are
designed for a 4" floating floor, with thicker slabs resulting in higher costs, not only due to extensions
required on the canisters, but again in causing canister spacing to decrease. The VIMCO form-work
system easily accommodates thicker floating floors with correct isolator selection. The form-work
construction also offers the provision of a fiberglass infill which in addition to preventing a sound
"tunneling " effect, provides extra transmission loss. Independent lab tests by a competitor show that a 2"
air gap with fiberglass infill gives a STC rating increase equivalent to doubling the air gap to 4" !!!
Materials
VIMCO form-work floating floor
VIMCO's form-work floating floor system
consists of the following materials :
1. Roll-out isolation material provided

with neoprene / fiberglass pads.
2. Closed cell perimeter isolating
boards
3. Plywood / cement board form-work
4. Polyethylene bond-breaker sheeting
5. Polyurethane perimeter sealant
6. Neoprene contact adhesive
7. Floating floor isolated drains
8. High load pads (neoprene / fiber
-glass)
VFRM-xx / VNRM-xx (xx denotes pad spacing in inches ): Roll-out isolation material
VIMCO roll-out isolation material consists of low-density fiberglass with 2" high, resilient, fiberglass /
neoprene isolation pads, embedded at 24" centers as standard. Closer spacing between pads can be
factory installed, or achieved at site using additional high load pads.
VPPI-xx / VNPI-xx (xx denotes height in inches ): Perimeter isolating boards
VIMCO incorporates closed cell expanded polyethylene / neoprene sheets for perimeter isolation. These
sheets have excellent weather-resistant characteristics and aid in preventing flanking noise along the
edges of the floating floor area, by completing the isolation of the floating floor from the building
structure.
VFHP / VNHP : High load pads
VIMCO provides individual fiberglass/neoprene isolation pads for areas with additional, uneven loading.
These pads can be factory installed with the roll-out isolation material or can be furnished separately
for installation at site, by a VIMCO authorized representative.
VID-xx (xx denotes drain inlet size in inches ): Isolated drains
VIMCO floating floor isolated drains consist of a two member housing, to drain water from the floating
floor down to existing drainage piping system, without compromising the structural isolation.
Ancillary materials :
Depending on economic considerations, local availability, the following materials may either be supplied
by VIMCO or sourced by your local VIMCO representative. Materials must however comply to VIMCO
specifications to ensure proper installation.
Plywood / Cement board Neoprene spray adhesive
Polyethylene sheeting Polyurethane sealant
The following text is provided to serve as a guide for the consulting engineer in specifying concrete
floating floors. Due to the relative inexperience in this area, greater attention has been paid to
installation methods and procedures, for the benefit of the contractor.
While adaptation of these suggested specifications for your application shall invariably be required,
care should be taken to retain engineering data and procedures that are for the protection of the client.
Suggested specifications
Part 1 - General
1. The extent of the sound isolation floor is shown on the drawings.
2. Related work specified elsewhere :
a. Concrete in floating slab ( see Section )
b. Reinforcing in floating slab ( see Section )
c. Permanent waterproofing ( see Section )
d. Isolated drain installation ( see Section )
3. The floating floor shall be completely isolated from the building structure by resilient isolation mountings supporting the floating floor, and by resilient
perimeter isolation material at all adjoining curbs. All penetrations e.g. piping, ductwork, drains shall be isolated from the floating floor so that no rigid
contact exists between floating floor and structure.
4. All sound isolation materials shall be provided by a single manufacturer to assure single responsibility for proper performance.
5. Installation of materials is to be done by workmen familiar with this type of work and by a firm acceptable to the manufacturer.
Part 2 - Execution
A - Materials
1. Roll-out isolation material shall consist of 2" high isolation mounts bonded to a 1 1/2" thick low density fiberglass noise absorption blanket. Mount
spacing and location shall be as per manufacturers recommendation and drawings.
2. Perimeter isolating boards shall be 3/4" thick, closed cell neoprene / expanded polyethylene.
3. Perimeter sealant shall be non-hardening, non-drying, and non-bleeding rubber based sealant.
4. Plywood pouring forms shall be minimum 1/2" thick exterior grade attached using metal junction plates.
5. Polyethylene sheeting for bond breaker and temporary waterproofing shall be of 6 mil thickness.
6. Isolated drains shall consist of a two member housings designed to be cast into the floating slab and structural slab with no rigid contact between the
two members.
Subject to compliance with specifications the following products of Vibration Management Corporation, Texas are approved for use : Type
VFRM-xx / VNRM-xx* roll-out isolation material, type VPPI-xx / VNPI-xx* perimeter isolating boards, type VFHP / VNHP* mounts, type VID-xx isolated
drains. (* Consult factory/representative for appropriate system.)
B - Inspection
Notification shall be given by the contractor to the architect and field representative of the isolation material manufacturer to inspect the installation
at the following stages :
1. Upon completion of all areas prior to the placement of the isolation materials. All surfaces shall receive their approval before installation of isolation
materials.
2. Upon completion of placement of isolation material prior to placement of form-work. The manufacturer's representative shall be on hand to assist in the
initial stages of placement of isolation material to insure the proper procedures and techniques are strictly followed.
3. Upon completion of the finished floor and installation of sealant. The final inspection of the isolation system shall be made at this time. Any evidence of
faulty performance shall be evaluated and such imperfections shall be corrected at no cost to the owner.
C - Installation
1. Ensure all areas to receive sound isolation are dry, level, and cleared of debris.
2. Set and adhere perimeter isolating boards to all curbs and penetrations.
3. Roll out isolation material with mounts and acoustical blanket attached in accordance with manufacturer's drawings and installation instructions. Insert
additional mounts for high load areas as detailed in drawings.
4. Lay plywood pouring form sheets on top of isolation mounts, staggering joints, and connect edges using junction plates and screws as per
manufacturer's recommendations.
5. Install two layers of polyethylene film over entire floor area, extending up and over perimeter isolation. Seams shall be overlapped 4" and continuously
taped to prevent against concrete leakage.
6. Install reinforcing and pour floating slab.
7. After concrete has cured, remove filler strip from perimeter and caulk all joints with perimeter sealant.
VIMCO
3532-A East TC Jester, Houston, Texas 77018, U.S.A.
Internet Adress: www.vimco.biz
T: +1 (713) 263-8181 F: +1 (713) 263-1133 E: sales@vimco.biz
3532-A EAST TC JESTER, BROOKWOOD BUSINESS PARK,
HOUSTON, TEXAS 77018, U.S.A
45° FLARE FITTINGS

VIMCO offers refrigeration 45° flared tube fittings fabricated from both brass forgings or drawn brass rod
(extrusion) completely eliminating the possibility of seepage by porosity. Fittings are accurately machined
assuring tight leak-proof joints. Smooth interior finish provides unrestricted flow and reduced pressure drop.
APPLICATION FEATURES
VIMCO 45° flare fittings offer an economical * Can be assembled / disassembled repeatedly.
solution for use with aluminum, brass, * Resist mechanical pullout.
copper and welded steel tubing that can be * Good vibration resistance. (long nuts are recommended
flared. where greater vibration resistance is required)
They are used extensively for connections * Accurate machining to industry standard tolerances.
on refrigerant, air, fuel, liquid petroleum (LP), * Smooth interior finish.
natural gas lines, and oil lines, where * Short bodies and nuts allow compact installation.
repetitive, leak-proof assembly / disassembly
is required.
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
1. Cut tubing cleanly and straight. Remove any burrs
SPECIFICATIONS and clean tube end completely.
VIMCO 45° flare fittings meet functional 2. Place Flare Nut onto tube with the threaded end
requirements of SAE J512 and J513, ASA, nearest the tube end.
ASME and MS (Military Standards) 3. Flare tube end with flaring tool to provide 45° flare.
4. Clamp the flare end of the tube next to the fitting
and begin screwing the flare nut onto the fitting until
TEMPERATURE RANGE finger tight.
-65°F to 250°F 5. Apply an additional ¼ turn with a wrench to achieve
metal to metal seal.
* DO NOT OVER TIGHTEN AS IT MAY DAMAGE
SPECIAL REQUESTS BOTH THE FITTING AND THE TUBING.
Configurations and/or sizes other than those
indicated in this catalog can be provided.
Please contact us for factory quotes.
improvement, all specifications are subject to change without P - 2750
prior notice. Please consult your local rep. for updates. (2 pages)
Rev. 0
Model Size A B
Flare Tube Hex Min Max
Long nuts
FLN-02 1/4 - 5/8 0.255 0.250 15/16
FLN-031 5/16 - 11/16 0.317 0.322 1 1/16
FLN-037 3/8 - 13/16 0.380 0.385 1 3/16
FLN-05 1/2 - 15/16 0.505 0.510 1 7/16
FLN-06 5/8 - 1 1/16 0.630 0.635 1 3/4
FLN-07 3/4 - 1 5/16 0.755 0.760
Long reducing nuts
FLRN-02-01 1/4 3/16 5/8 0.192 0.197 15/16
FLRN-031-02 5/16 1/4 11/16 0.255 0.260 15/16
FLRN-037-02 3/8 1/4 13/16 0.255 0.260 1 1/16
FLRN-037-031 3/8 5/16 13/16 0.317 0.322 1 1/16
FLRN-05-037 1/2 3/8 15/16 0.380 0.385 1 3/16
FLRN-06-05 5/8 1/2 1 1/16 0.505 0.510 1 7/16
Short nuts
FSN-01 3/16 - 1/2 0.192 0.197 17/32
FSN-02 1/4 - 5/8 0.255 0.260 19/32
FSN-031 5/16 - 11/16 0.317 0.322 5/8
FSN-037 3/8 - 13/16 0.380 0.385 11/16
FSN-05 1/2 - 15/16 0.505 0.510 13/16
FSN-06 5/8 - 1 1/16 0.630 0.635 15/16
FSN-07 3/4 - 1 5/16 0.755 0.760 1 1/8
Short reducing nuts
FSRN-02-01 1/4 3/16 5/8 0.192 0.197 19/32
FSRN-031-02 5/16 1/4 11/16 0.255 0.260 5/8
FSRN-037-02 3/8 1/4 13/16 0.255 0.260 11/16
FSRN-037-031 3/8 5/16 13/16 0.317 0.322 11/16
FSRN-05-037 1/2 3/8 15/16 0.380 0.385 13/16
FSRN-06-05 5/8 1/2 1 1/16 0.505 0.510 15/16
Model Size
Flare A Flare B Hex C D
Unions
FU-01 3/16 3/16 3/8 1 1/16 3/16
FU-02 1/4 1/4 7/16 1 3/16 3/16
FU-031 5/16 5/16 1/2 1 11/32 7/32
FU-037 3/8 3/8 5/8 1 1/2 1/4
FU-05 1/2 1/2 3/4 1 13/16 5/16
FU-06 5/8 5/8 7/8 2 1/8 3/8
FU-07 3/4 3/4 1 1/16 2 7/16 3/8
Reducing unions
FU-02-01 1/4 3/16 7/16 1 1/8 3/16
FU-031-02 5/16 1/4 1/2 1 9/32 7/32
FU-037-02 3/8 1/4 5/8 1 3/8 1/4
FU-037-031 3/8 5/16 5/8 1 7/16 1/4
FU-05-02 1/2 1/4 3/4 1 9/16 5/16
FU-05-037 1/2 3/8 3/4 1 11/16 5/16
FU-06-037 5/8 3/8 7/8 1 7/8 3/8
FU-06-05 5/8 1/2 7/8 2 3/8
FU-07-05 3/4 1/2 1 1/16 2 3/16 3/8
FU-07-06 3/4 5/8 1 1/16 2 5/16 3/8
Model
Flare A
90° Elbows, union
FE-01 3/16 3/4
FE-02 1/4 7/8
FE-031 5/16 29/32
FE-037 3/8 1 1/16
FE-05 1/2 1 7/32
FE-06 5/8 1 13/32
FE-07 3/4 1 21/32
Three-way Tees
FT-02 1/4 7/8
FT-031 5/16 29/32
FT-037 3/8 1 1/16
FT-05 1/2 1 7/32
FT-06 5/8 1 13/32
FT-07 3/4 1 21/32
* All dimensions in inches unless otherwise specified

VIMCO
3532-A East TC Jester, Brookwood Business Park
P-2750 - page2 (Rev. 0) Houston, Texas 77018
'AR' ROOF CURB ISOLATION RAILS

VIMCO 'AR' aluminum spring rails are an excellent choice to isolate noise and vibration transmitted from curb mounted
rooftop equipment into occupied spaces. The rails are custom designed to fit between standard roof curb and
equipment, providing continuous support and an air and watertight seal.
The 'AR' rails combine extruded aluminum construction

with 1" deflection zinc plated springs, totally enclosed to
provide weathertight and corrosive protection. Springs are
free standing, laterally stable and computer selected to
ensure uniform loading and deflection for the entire system.
To simplify installation, 'AR' rails are manufactured and

shipped in 4 separate sections. Once at the jobsite they
are designed to fit together on the conventional roof curb
forming a complete frame.
OPTIONAL FEATURES:
The standard 'AR' rails can be furnished with One inch or two inch extruded Custom treated wood adapters
a continuous closed cell neoprene gasket aluminum extensions are are furnished as part of the 'AR'
on either the top, bottom or both surfaces. furnished when the equipment's rails to accommodate unique
base rail exceeds three inches. equipment base rail configurations
If the condenser section is supported by a separate

pedestal beyond the standard roof curb, a separate
aluminum spring rail or multiple OSM-1 isolators
are provided to support this overhung section.
improvement, all specifications are subject to change without
Rev. 0
SUGGESTED SPECIFICATIONS:
1. Curb mounted roof top equipment shall be isolated from the building structure by VIMCO model 'AR' aluminum rails incorporating one inch static
deflection springs.
2. The aluminum rails shall provide continuous equipment support and weathertight protection while built to fit on top of the conventional roof curb
supplied by others and to match the underside of the equipment.
3. Each rail system shall consist of upper and lower extruded aluminum members constructed to totally enclose and resiliently seal the springs from
the corrosive effect of outside and conditioned air. Dual closed cell continuous neoprene seals shall be utilized to seal the assembly, prevent
metal to metal contact between upper and lower members and serve as resilient wind restraints.
4. All springs shall be free standing and laterally stable, having a minimum spring diameter to compressed height ratio of 0.8, and shall provide 50%
additional travel to solid beyond rated loads. Springs shall be electro-zinc plated to prevent rust, and factory spaced to insure uniform deflection
under the imposed load.
5. The isolation rails shall consist of four separate sections having mitered pre-drilled corners. Utilizing self-tapping screws, the sections shall be
assembled together by others at jobsite forming a rectangular frame.
6. All joints are to be sealed with a bead of resilient silicone caulking. Caulking and all connecting hardware shall be supplied by the isolation
manufacturer.
7. All supply and return air ducts shall be flexibly connected to prevent vibration transmission to the building structure. In addition, flexible connectors
shall be installed on all water, gas and electrical conduits.
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS:
The 'AR' aluminum rails are shipped in sections requiring jobsite assembly by the contractor. The rails consists of four
separate sections designed to fit together on the roof curb, forming a rectangular frame. Each section includes mitered,
pre-drilled, marked corners and is composed of a top and bottom assembly with springs in between. These two
members are not to be separated.
1. Erect standard roof curb at designated roof location and install

weatherproof flashings.
FIGURE 1
2. Place the two end rail assemblies on top of the roof curb. Arrange the
so that the supply, return or condenser tags marked on the rails match
the proper roof openings or equipment configurations. (figure 1)
3. Once the end rails are properly set, install the side rail assemblies on
top of the curb, matching the marked corners 1,2,3,4. (figure 1)
FIGURE 2
4. Partially fasten each of the four mitered corners using VIMCO supplied
self tapping screws leaving a 1/16 inch opening for caulking. (figure 2)
5. Caulk joints with silicone caulking compound supplied by VIMCO.

Tighten all screws creating a weather tight seal. (figure 2)
6. The 'AR' rails are now ready. Install the rooftop unit on top of the
assembled isolation rails. (figure 3)
FIGURE 3
VIMCO
P-3001 (Rev. 0) T: +1 (713) 263-8181 F: +1 (713) 263-1133 E: sales@vimco.biz
GUIDE
SPECIFICATIONS
Instructions to Designer: VIBRATION MANAGEMENT CORPORATION
1. Insert reference to this section in Vibration 3532-A EAST TC JESTER BLVD, Internet address:
Isolation section of specifications. HOUSTON - TEXAS 77018 , USA www.vimco.biz
2. Bold / italics font is used in the text to Title : GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS Form no.
indicate designer instructions or choices to be
Seismic Protection for GS-3100.01
selected by designer.
Mechanical Equipment & Systems (6 pages)
(Section 15070) Rev. 0
REFERENCE SPECIFICATION
0 SECTION 15070 - SEISMIC PROTECTION OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS
1 GENERAL:
1.1 Related Documents:
1.1.1 Drawings and general provisions of the HVAC, Plumbing and Fire Protection contract(s)
apply to this section.
1.1.2 Related sections include the following:
1.1.2.1 Insert reference to Vibration Isolation section of project specifications.
1.1.3 References:
1.1.3.1 2003 International Building Code as published by the International Code Council.
1.1.3.2 NFPA 13-2002 Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems as published by the
National Fire Protection Association.
1.1.3.3 FEMA 412 Installing Seismic Restraints for Mechanical Equipment as published by the
Federal Emergency Management Agency.
1.2 System Description:
1.2.1 General requirements:
1.2.1.1 The design for seismic protection shall be based on the 2003 International Building Code.
1.2.1.2 The design for seismic protection for fire sprinkler piping shall be based on NFPA
Standard 13-2002.
1.2.1.3 Wherever there is a conflict between project specifications and codes/standards
referenced above, the more stringent shall apply.
1.2.1.4 The following criteria are applicable to this project:
1.2.1.4.1 Seismic Use Group: Group I / II / III (select from list below).
instructions Group III:
instructions Emergency Treatment or Response Center (Hospitals, Fire Stations)
instructions Essential Service Structure (Emergency Phone, Backup Electric)
instructions Structure containing potentially hazardous material
instructions Group II:
instructions High occupancy structures (Schools, Colleges, Buildings where 300+ people
instructions can congregate)
instructions Structure housing non-essential utilities
instructions Group I:
instructions All other
1.2.1.3.2 Site Factor: (consult local authorities or contact VIMCO for assistance)
1.2.1.5 The requirements for seismic protection measures described in this section shall be
applied to the mechanical equipment and systems listed below.
1.2.2 Mechanical Equipment:
instructions Insert all equipment applicable to project from list below:
1.2.2.1 AC Units Heat Exchangers
Accumulator Tanks Heat pumps
Air and Refrigerant Compressors Humidifiers
Air Handling Units Lab Scrubbers
Boilers and Furnaces Large Commercial Dryers
Cabinet Heaters Pollution Control Equipment
Coils Pumps with Motors
Contd./--
page 1 of 6
Compressors Rooftop Units
Condensers Solar Heating Units
Condensing Units Steam-fed Kitchen Appliances
Cooling Towers, Evaporative Coolers, Fluid Coolers Storage Tanks (Oil/Water)
Exhaust and Return Fans Thermal Storage Units
Expansion / Air separator tanks Unit Heaters
Fan Coil Units Variable Frequency Drives
Fans (all types) VAV Boxes
Flash Tanks Water Chiller Units
Gas Cylinders Water Heaters
Gas Dryers
1.2.3 Mechanical Systems:
instructions Insert all systems applicable to project from list below:
1.2.3.1 All piping (including but not limited to refrigerant, water, steam, oil, gas, fire
sprinkler) inside the building except as specifically stated below under "Items
requiring no seismic restraints".
Chilled water distribution systems outside the building.
Fuel piping outside the building.
All water supply systems.
Storm and sanitary sewer systems.
All process piping.
Heat distribution systems (supply, return, and condensate return) outside of buildings
Condenser water piping outside the building.
Pneumatic tube distribution system.
Cold storage refrigeration systems.
Ducts.
1.2.4 Items requiring no seismic restraints:
1.2.4.1 Gas piping less than 1" inside diameter.
1.2.4.2 Piping in boiler and mechanical equipment rooms less than 1 1/4" inside diameter.
1.2.4.3 All other piping less than 2 1/2" inside diameter.
1.2.4.4 Rectangular ducts less than 6 ft2 in cross sectional area.
1.2.4.5 Round ducts less than 28" in diameter.
1.2.4.6 Piping suspended by individual hangers 12" or less in length from the top of the pipe to
the bottom of the supporting structural member where the hanger is attached (except as
noted below).
1.2.4.7 Ducts suspended by hangers 12" or less in length from the top of the duct to the bottom
of the supporting structural member where the hanger is attached (except as noted below).
1.2.4.8 VAV boxes and fan powered equipment weighing less than 50lbs and rigidly connected to
ductwork
1.2.5 In exemptions 1.2.4.6 and 1.2.4.7 all hangers shall meet the length requirements. If the
length requirement is exceeded by one hanger in the run, the entire run shall be braced.
1.3 Submittals:
1.3.1 Samples of seismic restraint products (seismic spring isolators, snubbers, cable
brace attachments) shall be submitted on request of the engineer for approval.
1.3.2 The following documents shall be submitted for approval:
Contd./--
page 2 of 6
1.3.2.1 Manufacturers warranty certificate warranting products to be free from defects in materials
and workmanship for a period of 12 months from startup or 18 months from shipment.
1.3.2.2 Submittal drawings for all seismic restraint products indicating applicable load capacities.
1.3.2.3 Seismic engineering performed by manufacturers licensed professional engineer
consisting of the following:
1.3.2.3.1 Certification of seismic vibration isolator 'G' ratings.
1.3.2.3.2 Certification of seismic snubber maximum horizontal and vertical load capacities.
1.3.2.3.3 Piping / ducting seismic restraint layout drawings indicating size and type (transverse
/ longitudinal) of cable restraints.
1.3.2.3.4 Seismic calculations for suspended equipment, piping, ducting including the following
as a minimum:
1.3.2.3.4.1 Equipment tag / restraint location reference.
1.3.2.3.4.2 Seismic acceleration.
1.3.2.3.4.3 Total force per equipment / restraint location.
1.3.2.3.4.4 Restraint orientation (transverse/longitudinal).
1.3.2.3.4.5 Quantity and size of seismic restraint cables per equipment / restraint location.
1.3.2.3.4.6 Anchor bolt selection (size, quantity, concrete embedment depth).
1.3.2.3.5 Seismic calculations for rigidly mounted floor mounted equipment including the
following as a minimum:
1.3.2.3.5.1 Equipment tag.
1.3.2.3.5.3 Estimated horizontal + vertical seismic forces.
1.3.2.3.5.4 Maximum tension + compression + shear forces on anchor bolts.
1.3.2.3.5.5 Anchor bolt selection (type, size, quantity, concrete embedment depth, minimum
concrete edge distance).
1.3.2.3.6 Seismic calculations for isolated floor mounted equipment including the following as a
minimum:
1.3.2.3.6.6 Verification of attachment size between equipment and isolator.
1.3.2.3.7 Seismic calculations for wall mounted equipment including the following as a minimum:
1.3.2.4 Friction from gravity loads shall not be considered resistance to seismic forces.
Contd./--
page 3 of 6
2 PRODUCTS:
2.1 Manufacturers:
2.1.1 All seismic restraint products (seismic spring isolators, snubbers, cable brace attachments)
shall be provided by a single manufacturer to assure single source responsibility of system
performance.
2.1.2 Subject to compliance with these specifications, products to be installed shall be manufactured
by Vibration Management Corporation (VIMCO) - USA (or engineer approved equal).
2.1.3 Products of alternate manufacturers may be submitted provided they meet all requirements
of this specification. Submittals and engineering shall be in accordance with section 1.3.
2.2 Product specifications:
2.2.1 Heavy Duty Seismic Spring Isolator:
2.2.1.1 Heavy duty Seismic spring isolators shall provide dual snubber / vibration isolator functions.
2.2.1.2 Isolator restraint load (G) ratings shall be certified by a licensed professional engineer.
2.2.1.3 Isolators shall have all the characteristics of free standing spring isolators as specified in
Vibration Isolation section of specifications.
2.2.1.4 Welding of springs to isolator shall not be allowed.
2.2.1.5 Isolators shall have minimum Kx/Ky ratio of 1.0. Springs shall have 50% additional travel
to solid beyond rated loads.
2.2.1.6 Springs shall be color coded for easy field verification.
2.2.1.7 Springs shall be mounted on anti-skid elastomeric acoustical cups.
2.2.1.8 Snubber housing shall be made of fabricated steel with zinc metallized finish.
2.2.1.9 Housing shall have a minimum of 4 anchor bolt holes.
2.2.1.10 Housing shall allow access for adjustment and visual inspection of springs.
2.2.1.11 Housing shall allow a maximum of 1/4" lateral movement before engaging and shall not
interfere with normal operation.
2.2.1.12 Housing vertical restraint shall be adjustable and shall be field set to allow 1/4" free
movement.
2.2.1.13 Snubbing shall be by minimum 1/8" thick minimum high quality elastomeric element.
2.2.1.14 Heavy duty seismic spring isolators shall be model SSM as manufactured by Vibration
Management Corporation (VIMCO) - USA.
2.2.2 Light Duty Seismic Spring Isolator:
2.2.2.1 Light duty Seismic spring isolators shall provide dual snubber / vibration isolator functions.
2.2.2.7 Springs shall be mounted on minimum 1/4" thick anti-skid elastomeric acoustical pad.
Contd./--
page 4 of 6
movement.
2.2.2.14 Light duty seismic spring isolators shall be model SSMA as manufactured by Vibration
2.2.3 All-Directional (3-Axis) Seismic Snubber:
2.2.3.1 All-directional (3 axis) seismic snubber shall consist of interlocking steel members
separated by a molded neoprene insert.
2.2.3.2 Snubber load ratings shall be certified by a licensed professional engineer.
2.2.3.3 Steel members shall be provided with zinc metallized finish.
2.2.3.4 Each steel member shall have a minimum of 4 anchor bolt holes each for attachment to
equipment and structure.
2.2.3.5 Snubber shall allow a minimum of 1/8" and maximum of 1/4" free unrestricted movement.
2.2.3.6 Neoprene insert shall be minimum 3/4" thick in all 3 planes of motion.
2.2.3.7 Design shall allow for visual inspection/removal of neoprene element.
2.2.3.8 All-directional seismic snubbers shall be model SNB3-3050 as manufactured by Vibration
2.2.4 Light Duty Seismic Cable Restraint Attachment (3/32" cable):
2.2.4.1 Light Duty Seismic Cable Restraint Attachment shall be designed to attach steel cable to
equipment/structure.
2.2.4.2 Cable hole diameter shall be sized to accommodate 3/32" cable without the need for
thimbles.
2.2.4.3 Cable shall be securely attached by crimping custom "made to fit" oval sleeves.
2.2.4.4 Oval sleeve crimping shall be performed by factory supplied hand held swagers.
2.2.4.5 Bolt hole diameter for attachment to equipment or structure shall be per size called out in
seismic calculations approved by engineer (max. 1/2").
2.2.4.6 Construction shall be of electro-galvanized steel.
2.2.4.7 Light duty seismic cable restraint attachments shall be model SCRSA as manufactured
by Vibration Management Corporation (VIMCO) - USA.
2.2.5 Heavy Duty Seismic Cable Restraint Attachment (1/8" cable and higher):
2.2.5.1 Heavy Duty Seismic Cable Restraint Attachment shall be designed to attach steel cable
to equipment/structure.
2.2.5.2 Cable shall be securely attached by means of factory-selected breakaway hexnuts, to
assure sufficient torque.
2.2.5.3 Use of shackles, thimbles, U-bolts, clevis angles and similar attachment accessories is
strictly prohibited for cable sizes 1/8" and larger.
seismic calculations approved by engineer.
2.2.5.6 Heavy duty seismic cable restraint attachments shall be model SCRS as manufactured
2.2.6 Seismic Cable:
2.2.6.1 Seismic cable shall be 7x19 galvanized steel wire strand cable.
2.2.6.2 Cable diameter shall be per size called out in seismic calculations approved by engineer.
Contd./--
page 5 of 6
2.2.6.3 Seismic cable shall be model SC as manufactured by Vibration Management Corporation
(VIMCO) - USA.
3 EXECUTION:
3.1 Examination:
3.1.1 Examine areas and equipment to seismic restraint devices for compliance with requirements,
installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance.
3.1.2 Examine roughing-in of reinforcement and cast-in-place anchors to verify actual locations
before installation.
3.1.3 Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 Related Work:
3.2.1 Housekeeping pads design shall be by project structural engineer, and shall be in accordance
with minimum concrete embedment depths and edge distances called out in seismic
calculation submittals approved by engineer.
3.3 Installation:
3.3.1 Transverse/longitudinal piping and ducting restraints shall be provided at intervals not to
exceed those shown in piping seismic restraint drawings approved by engineer.
3.3.2 Install all seismic restraint products in strict accordance with approved seismic engineering
submittals/drawings and manufacturers instructions.
3.3.3 No rigid connections shall be made between isolated equipment and the building structure
that degrades function of noise and vibration control products.
3.3.4 Cable restraints on isolated suspended equipment, piping, ducting shall be installed slightly
slack to avoid degrading vibration isolation.
3.3.5 Cable restraints on non-isolated suspended equipment, piping, ducting shall be installed taut.
3.3.6 Do not attach cable bracing to two dissimilar parts of a building that may respond in a
different mode during an earthquake; for example, a wall and a ceiling.
3.3.7 Install cables so they do not bend across sharp edges of adjacent equipment or building
structure.
3.3.8 At trapeze hanger cable restraint locations, shackle piping to trapeze.
3.3.9 Support rods shall be braced to prevent compressive buckling at all cable restraint locations.
3.3.10 Clevis hanger cross bolts shall be reinforced at all cable restraint locations.
3.3.11 Duct shall be reinforced at cable restraint locations. Reinforcement shall consist of an
additional angle on top of the ductwork that is attached to the support hanger rods. Ductwork
is to be attached to both upper angle and lower trapeze.
3.3.12 Fill anchor bolt holes with weathering-resistant cushioning sealant.
3.4 Adjusting:
3.4.1 Adjust limit stops on seismic spring isolators so they are out of contact and within
manufacturer recommended clearances during equipment operation.
3.4.2 Adjust active height of spring isolators.
3.4.3 Adjust snubbers according to manufacturers written recommendations.
3.4.4 Torque anchor bolts according to equipment manufacturers recommendations to resist
seismic forces.
*** END OF SECTION ***
page 6 of 6
Electrical Equipment & Systems (6 pages)
0 SECTION 16070 - SEISMIC PROTECTION OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS
1 GENERAL:
1.1 Related Documents:
1.1.1 Drawings and general provisions of the Electrical contract(s) apply to this section.
1.1.2 Related sections include the following:
1.1.2.1 Insert reference to Vibration Isolation section of project specifications.
1.1.3 References:
1.1.3.1 2003 International Building Code as published by the International Code Council.
1.1.3.2 FEMA 412 Installing Seismic Restraints for Mechanical Equipment as published by the
Federal Emergency Management Agency.
1.2 System Description:
1.2.1 General requirements:
1.2.1.1 The design for seismic protection shall be based on the 2003 International Building Code.
1.2.1.2 Wherever there is a conflict between project specifications and codes/standards
referenced above, the more stringent shall apply.
1.2.1.3 The following criteria are applicable to this project:
1.2.1.3.1 Seismic Use Group: Group I / II / III (select from list below).
instructions Group III:
instructions Emergency Treatment or Response Center (Hospitals, Fire Stations)
instructions Essential Service Structure (Emergency Phone, Backup Electric)
instructions Structure containing potentially hazardous material
instructions Group II:
instructions High occupancy structures (Schools, Colleges, Buildings where 300+ people
instructions can congregate)
instructions Structure housing non-essential utilities
instructions Group I:
instructions All other
1.2.1.3.2 Site Factor: (consult local authorities or contact VIMCO for assistance)
1.2.1.4 The requirements for seismic protection measures described in this section shall be
applied to the electrical equipment and systems listed below.
1.2.2 Electrical Equipment:
instructions Insert all equipment applicable to project from list below:
1.2.2.1 Automatic Transfer Switches
Control Panels
Generators
Light fixtures
Load Centers and Panelboards
Low Voltage:
Substations, Capacitor Banks, Switchboards, and Switchgears
Medium to High Voltage:
Switchgears, Circuit Interrupters, Substation Circuit Breakers, Walk-in Enclosures
Meters and Disconnects
Motor Control Centers and Variable Frequency Drives
Multimedia Racks
Transformers
Uniterruptable Power Supplies and Battery Racks
Contd./--
page 1 of 6
1.2.3 Electrical Systems:
1.2.3.1 Bus Ducts
Cable Trays
Conduit
1.2.4 Items requiring no seismic restraints:
1.2.4.1 Conduit less than 2 1/2" diameter suspended by individual hanger rods.
1.2.4.2 Conduit suspended by individual hangers 12" or less in length from the top of the conduit
to the bottom of the supporting structural member where the hanger is attached (except
as noted below).
1.2.5 In exemption 1.2.4.2 all hangers shall meet the length requirements. If the length
requirement is exceeded by one hanger in the run, the entire run shall be braced.
1.3 Submittals:
1.3.1 Samples of seismic restraint products (seismic spring isolators, snubbers, cable
brace attachments) shall be submitted on request of the engineer for approval.
1.3.2 The following documents shall be submitted for approval:
1.3.2.1 Manufacturers warranty certificate warranting products to be free from defects in materials
and workmanship for a period of 12 months from startup or 18 months from shipment.
1.3.2.2 Submittal drawings for all seismic restraint products indicating applicable load capacities.
1.3.2.3 Seismic engineering performed by manufacturers licensed professional engineer
consisting of the following:
1.3.2.3.1 Certification of seismic vibration isolator 'G' ratings.
1.3.2.3.2 Certification of seismic snubber maximum horizontal and vertical load capacities.
1.3.2.3.3 Bus duct / cable tray / conduit seismic restraint layout drawings indicating size and
type (transverse / longitudinal) of cable restraints.
1.3.2.3.4 Seismic calculations for suspended equipment, bus duct, cable tray, conduit including
the following as a minimum:
1.3.2.3.4.1 Equipment tag / restraint location reference.
1.3.2.3.4.3 Total force per equipment / restraint location.
1.3.2.3.4.4 Restraint orientation (transverse/longitudinal).
1.3.2.3.4.5 Quantity and size of seismic restraint cables per equipment / restraint location.
1.3.2.3.4.6 Anchor bolt selection (size, quantity, concrete embedment depth).
1.3.2.3.5 Seismic calculations for rigidly mounted floor mounted equipment including the
following as a minimum:
1.3.2.3.6 Seismic calculations for isolated floor mounted equipment including the following as a
minimum:
Contd./--
page 2 of 6
1.3.2.3.6.6 Verification of attachment size between equipment and isolator.
1.3.2.3.7 Seismic calculations for wall mounted equipment including the following as a minimum:
1.3.2.4 Friction from gravity loads shall not be considered resistance to seismic forces.
2 PRODUCTS:
2.1 Manufacturers:
2.1.1 All seismic restraint products (seismic spring isolators, snubbers, cable brace attachments)
shall be provided by a single manufacturer to assure single source responsibility of system
performance.
2.1.2 Subject to compliance with these specifications, products to be installed shall be manufactured
by Vibration Management Corporation (VIMCO) - USA (or engineer approved equal).
2.1.3 Products of alternate manufacturers may be submitted provided they meet all requirements
of this specification. Submittals and engineering shall be in accordance with section 1.3.
2.2 Product specifications:
2.2.1 Heavy Duty Seismic Spring Isolator:
2.2.1.1 Heavy duty Seismic spring isolators shall provide dual snubber / vibration isolator functions.
2.2.1.7 Springs shall be mounted on anti-skid elastomeric acoustical cups.
movement.
2.2.1.14 Heavy duty seismic spring isolators shall be model SSM as manufactured by Vibration
Contd./--
2.2.2 Light Duty Seismic Spring Isolator:
page 3 of 6
2.2.2.1 Light duty Seismic spring isolators shall provide dual snubber / vibration isolator functions.
2.2.2.7 Springs shall be mounted on minimum 1/4" thick anti-skid elastomeric acoustical pad.
movement.
2.2.2.14 Light duty seismic spring isolators shall be model SSMA as manufactured by Vibration
2.2.3 All-Directional (3-Axis) Seismic Snubber:
2.2.3.1 All-directional (3 axis) seismic snubber shall consist of interlocking steel members
separated by a molded neoprene insert.
2.2.3.2 Snubber load ratings shall be certified by a licensed professional engineer.
2.2.3.3 Steel members shall be provided with zinc metallized finish.
2.2.3.4 Each steel member shall have a minimum of 4 anchor bolt holes each for attachment to
equipment and structure.
2.2.3.5 Snubber shall allow a minimum of 1/8" and maximum of 1/4" free unrestricted movement.
2.2.3.6 Neoprene insert shall be minimum 3/4" thick in all 3 planes of motion.
2.2.3.7 Design shall allow for visual inspection/removal of neoprene element.
2.2.3.8 All-directional seismic snubbers shall be model SNB3-3050 as manufactured by Vibration
2.2.4 Light Duty Seismic Cable Restraint Attachment (3/32" cable):
2.2.4.1 Light Duty Seismic Cable Restraint Attachment shall be designed to attach steel cable to
equipment/structure.
2.2.4.2 Cable hole diameter shall be sized to accommodate 3/32" cable without the need for
thimbles.
2.2.4.3 Cable shall be securely attached by crimping custom "made to fit" oval sleeves.
2.2.4.4 Oval sleeve crimping shall be performed by factory supplied hand held swagers.
seismic calculations approved by engineer (max. 1/2").
2.2.4.7 Light duty seismic cable restraint attachments shall be model SCRSA as manufactured
Contd./--
2.2.5 Heavy Duty Seismic Cable Restraint Attachment (1/8" cable and higher):
page 4 of 6
2.2.5.1 Heavy Duty Seismic Cable Restraint Attachment shall be designed to attach steel cable
to equipment/structure.
2.2.5.2 Cable shall be securely attached by means of factory-selected breakaway hexnuts, to
assure sufficient torque.
2.2.5.3 Use of shackles, thimbles, U-bolts, clevis angles and similar attachment accessories is
strictly prohibited for cable sizes 1/8" and larger.
seismic calculations approved by engineer.
2.2.5.6 Heavy duty seismic cable restraint attachments shall be model SCRS as manufactured
2.2.6 Seismic Cable:
2.2.6.1 Seismic cable shall be 7x19 galvanized steel wire strand cable.
2.2.6.2 Cable diameter shall be per size called out in seismic calculations approved by engineer.
2.2.6.3 Seismic cable shall be model SC as manufactured by Vibration Management Corporation
(VIMCO) - USA.
3 EXECUTION:
3.1 Examination:
3.1.1 Examine areas and equipment to seismic restraint devices for compliance with requirements,
installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance.
3.1.2 Examine roughing-in of reinforcement and cast-in-place anchors to verify actual locations
before installation.
3.1.3 Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 Related Work:
3.2.1 Housekeeping pads design shall be by project structural engineer, and shall be in accordance
with minimum concrete embedment depths and edge distances called out in seismic
calculation submittals approved by engineer.
3.3 Installation:
3.3.1 Transverse/longitudinal bus duct, cable tray, conduit restraints shall be provided at intervals
not to exceed those shown in piping seismic restraint drawings approved by engineer.
3.3.2 Install all seismic restraint products in strict accordance with approved seismic engineering
submittals/drawings and manufacturers instructions.
3.3.3 No rigid connections shall be made between isolated equipment and the building structure
that degrades function of noise and vibration control products.
3.3.4 Cable restraints on isolated suspended equipment, bus duct, cable tray, conduit shall be
installed slightly slack to avoid degrading vibration isolation.
3.3.5 Cable restraints on non-isolated suspended equipment, bus duct, cable tray, conduit shall
be installed taut.
3.3.6 Do not attach cable bracing to two dissimilar parts of a building that may respond in a
different mode during an earthquake; for example, a wall and a ceiling.
3.3.7 Install cables so they do not bend across sharp edges of adjacent equipment or building
structure.
3.3.8 At trapeze hanger cable restraint locations, shackle piping to trapeze.
3.3.9 Support rods shall be braced to prevent compressive buckling at all cable restraint locations.
Contd./--
3.3.10 Clevis hanger cross bolts shall be reinforced at all cable restraint locations.
page 5 of 6
3.3.11 Bus duct shall be reinforced at cable restraint locations. Reinforcement shall consist of an
additional angle on top of the bus duct that is attached to the support hanger rods. Bus duct
is to be attached to both upper angle and lower trapeze.
3.3.12 Fill anchor bolt holes with weathering-resistant cushioning sealant.
3.4 Adjusting:
3.4.1 Adjust limit stops on seismic spring isolators so they are out of contact and within
manufacturer recommended clearances during equipment operation.
3.4.2 Adjust active height of spring isolators.
3.4.3 Adjust snubbers according to manufacturers written recommendations.
3.4.4 Torque anchor bolts according to equipment manufacturers recommendations to resist
seismic forces.
*** END OF SECTION ***
page 6 of 6
SUBMITTALS
3532-A EAST TC JESTER , BROOKWOOD BUSINESS PARK , HOUSTON , TEXAS 77018 , U.S.A INTERNET ADDRESS: www.vimco.biz
Drawing No. Title Rv Drawing No. Title Rv

S-1000.01 Submittal Drawing Index x S-2075.13 RSM-4 Restrained Spring Mount, Welded Construction (2" defl.) 3
S-1100.10 Standard Isolator Selection Tables 4 S-2075.21 RSM-1 Restrained Spring Mount, Welded Construction (3" defl.) 1
S-1100.11 Special Isolator Selection Tables (50% additional travel to solid) 1 S-2075.22 RSM-2 Restrained Spring Mount, Welded Construction (3" defl.) 1
S-1100.16 Quick Reference Product Selector 1 S-2075.23 RSM-4 Restrained Spring Mount, Welded Construction (3" defl.) 1
S-1100.21 U.S. Manufacturer Cross-Reference Chart (Vibration Isolation Products) 1 S-2100.01 HSA Spring Hanger (1" defl.) 1
S-1100.31 Budgetary Pricing (Vibration Isolation Products) 0 S-2100.02 HSB Spring Hanger (1" defl.) 2
S-1100.91 Limited Waranty Certificate 0 S-2100.04 HSD Spring Hanger (1" defl.) 0
S-1100.92 Product Compliance Certificate (Pipe Supports) 0 S-2100.05 HSF Spring Hanger (1" defl.) 0
S-1200.00 Spring Chart 9 S-2100.11 HSB Spring Hanger (2" defl.) 2
S-1200.10 Spring Stiffness Ratios 0 S-2100.21 HSS Spring Hanger (0.75" defl.) 1
S-1200.20 Vibration Isolation Efficiency Chart (Deflection vs Disturbing Frequency) 0 S-2100.31 HSE Spring Hanger (3" defl.) 0
S-2000.01 ZA/ZB/ZC/ZD Housed Spring Mount (1" defl.) 1 S-2200.01 CRMP Cork-Rubber Mounting Pad 1
S-2000.02 AA-1/AB-1/AC-1/AD-1 Housed Spring Mount (1" defl.) 1 S-2200.11 RMP Rubber Mounting Pad 0
S-2000.03 AA-2/AB-2/AC-2/AD-2 Housed Spring Mount (1" defl.) 1 S-2200.21 ECRMP Easy-Cut Rubber Mounting Pad 3
S-2000.04 AA-4/AB-4/AC-4/AD-4 Housed Spring Mount (1" defl.) 1 S-2200.31 SRMP Steel-Rubber Mounting Pad 1
S-2000.11 AA-1/AB-1/AC-1/AD-1 Housed Spring Mount (2" defl.) 1 S-2200.51 3RFP Green Triple-CoreTM Rubber Foam Pad 1
S-2000.12 AA-2/AB-2/AC-2/AD-2 Housed Spring Mount (2" defl.) 1 S-2225.01 FMD Rubber-In-Shear Mount (Double Deflection) 3
S-2000.13 AA-4/AB-4/AC-4/AD-4 Housed Spring Mount (2" defl.) 1 S-2225.06 FM Rubber-In-Shear Mount 1
S-2025.01 BA/BD/BG Free-standing Spring Mount, Rubber Cup Construction (1" defl.) 2 S-2300.01 HND Rubber-In-Shear Hanger (Double Deflection) 0
S-2025.02 BB/BE Free-standing Spring Mount, Rubber Cup Construction (1" defl.) 1 S-2300.02 HNDE Rubber-In-Shear Hanger Element (Double Deflection) 0
S-2025.04 BN/BO/BP Free-standing Spring Mount, Rubber Cup Construction (1" defl.) 0 S-2300.06 HN Rubber-In-Shear Hanger (Single Deflection) 0
S-2025.21 BB/BE Free-standing Spring Mount, Rubber Cup Construction (3" defl.) 0 S-2300.11 AVHM Anti-Vibration Hanger Mount 2
S-2050.01 OSM-1 Free-standing Spring Mount, Welded Construction (1" defl.) 2 S-2300.21 HNW Rubber-In-Shear Hanger Element 0
S-2050.02 OSM-2 Free-standing Spring Mount, Welded Construction (1" defl.) 2 S-2300.31 APH All-Purpose Hanger Mount 2
S-2050.03 OSM-4 Free-standing Spring Mount, Welded Construction (1" defl.) 2 S-2400.01 HNSA Neo-SpringTM Hanger (1.5" defl.) 2
S-2050.11 OSM-1 Free-standing Spring Mount, Welded Construction (2" defl.) 2 S-2400.02 HNSB Neo-SpringTM Hanger (1.5" defl.) 2
S-2050.12 OSM-2 Free-standing Spring Mount, Welded Construction (2" defl.) 2 S-2400.03 HNSD Neo-SpringTM Hanger (1.5" defl.) 1
S-2050.13 OSM-4 Free-standing Spring Mount, Welded Construction (2" defl.) 2 S-2400.04 HNSE Neo-SpringTM Hanger (1.5" defl.) 1
S-2050.21 OSM-1 Free-standing Spring Mount, Welded Construction (3" defl.) 1 S-2400.05 HNSF Neo-SpringTM Hanger (1" defl.) 0
S-2050.22 OSM-2 Free-standing Spring Mount, Welded Construction (3" defl.) 1 S-2400.06 HSB-HM Neo-SpringTM Hanger (1" defl.) 3
S-2050.23 OSM-4 Free-standing Spring Mount, Welded Construction (3" defl.) 1 S-2400.07 HNSSA Neo-SpringTM Hanger (1" defl.) 0
S-2055.01 OSM-1A Free-standing Spring Mount, Welded Construction (1" defl.) 2 S-2400.11 HNSB Neo-SpringTM Hanger (2.5" defl.) 3
S-2055.02 OSM-1B Free-standing Spring Mount, Welded Construction (1" defl.) 1 S-2400.16 HSB-HM Neo-SpringTM Hanger (2" defl.) 2
S-2055.11 OSM-1C Free-standing Spring Mount, Welded Construction (2" defl.) 1 S-2400.21 HNSE Neo-SpringTM Hanger (3.5" defl.) 1
S-2075.01 RSM-1 Restrained Spring Mount, Welded Construction (1" defl.) 3 S-2500.01 FCU Rubber Expansion Joints, Double Bellow, Union Connection 2
S-2075.02 RSM-2 Restrained Spring Mount, Welded Construction (1" defl.) 3 S-2500.02 FCS Rubber Expansion Joints, Single Bellow, Flange Connection 1
S-2075.03 RSM-4 Restrained Spring Mount, Welded Construction (1" defl.) 3 S-2500.03 FCT Rubber Expansion Joints, Double Bellow, Flange Connection 2
S-2075.11 RSM-1 Restrained Spring Mount, Welded Construction (2" defl.) 3 S-2500.06 FCU-T Rubber Expansion Joints, Double Bellow, Screwed Connection 0
S-2075.12 RSM-2 Restrained Spring Mount, Welded Construction (2" defl.) 3 S-2500.11 FCU-TH High Press. Rubber Exp. Joints, Double Bellow, Screwed Conn. 1
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : Submittal Drawing Index Drawing no.

Client : S-1000.01
Consultant : (2 pages)
Representative :
Drawing No. Title Rv. Drawing No. Title Rv

S-2500.12 FCS-H High Press. Rubber Exp. Joints, Single Bellow, Flange Conn. 3 S-2733.13 SRBS Short Roller Base Support 2
S-2500.13 FCT-H High Press. Rubber Exp. Joints, Twin Bellow, Flange Connection 1 * S-2733.21 PSA Pipe Slide Assembly 0
S-2500.16 FCU-SH High Press. Rubber Exp. Joints, Single Bellow, Screwed Conn. 1 * S-2733.31 PSS/PSSU Pipe Saddle Support With/Without U Bolt 1
S-2500.91 CRU Control Rod Unit 0 * S-2733.32 APSS/APSSU Adjustable Pipe Saddle Support 1
S-2500.99 Rubber Expansion Joint, Elastomer Selection Guide 0 * S-2733.36 PBS/TBS Plain/Threaded Base Stand 0
S-2525.01 JF-500-T S.S. Expansion Joints, Threaded Connection 1 * S-2733.37 PSSA Pipe Saddle Support Adjuster 0
S-2525.02 JF-500 S.S. Expansion Joints, Flanged Connection 1 * S-2733.38 PSSAT / PSSAW Pipe Saddle Support Adjuster (Threaded/Welded Type) 0
S-2525.03 JF-500-H S.S. Expansion Joints, Flanged Connection (High Pressure) 2 * S-2733.39 Pipe Saddle Support Mounting Configurations 0
S-2600.01 VFRM-16 Rollout Isolation Material with VFHP Pads at 16" spacing 1 S-2736.01 SRPC Standard Riser Pipe Clamp 2
S-2600.02 VFRM-24 Rollout Isolation Material with VFHP Pads at 24" spacing 2 S-2736.16 ORPC Offset Riser Pipe Clamp 2
S-2600.06 High Load Pad Layout on VFRM-16 Rollout Material (16" Spacing) 1 S-2736.21 SUC U Clamp 3
S-2600.07 High Load Pad Layout on VFRM-24 Rollout Material (24" Spacing) 1 S-2739.01 SIPS Short Insulation Protection Shield 1
S-2600.11 VNRM-16 Rollout Isolation Material with VNHP Pads at 16" spacing 1 S-2739.02 IPS Insulation Protection Shield 0
S-2600.12 VNRM-24 Rollout Isolation Material with VNHP Pads at 24" spacing 1 S-2739.06 HDRI High Density Rubber Insert 4
S-2600.16 High Load Pad Layout on VNRM-16 Rollout Material (16" Spacing) 1 S-2739.11 LR Long Roller 1
S-2600.17 High Load Pad Layout on VNRM-24 Rollout Material (24" Spacing) 1 S-2739.12 SR Short Roller 4
S-2600.21 Model VFHP pad data 0 S-2739.21 JBC Junior Beam Clamp 1
S-2600.26 Model VNHP pad data 0 S-2739.31 UB U Bolt 2
S-2600.51 Engineering Properties: VPPI Perimeter Isolating Board 1 S-2739.99 Insulated Pipe Sizing Chart (supports, hangers, shields) 0
S-2600.52 Engineering Properties: Perimeter Sealant 0 S-2800.01 Self-Adhesive Hanger Pins with "self-loc" washers 1
S-2600.53 Engineering Properties: Perimeter Adhesive 0 S-2900.01 AMA Air Mount 0
S-2600.91 Rollout Floor System Installation Sequence 0 S-2900.02 AMB Air Mount 0
S-2600.92 VID Isolated Drain Installation Instructions 0 S-2900.03 AMC Air Mount 0
S-2600.93 Rollout Floor System Section Details 0 S-3000.01 Inertia base (4 support points) 2
S-2700.01 Gauge Cock 1 S-3000.02 Inertia base (6 support points) 0
S-2700.06 Automatic Airvent 1 S-3000.11 AR Isolation Rails 2
S-2700.11 U-Syphon + Pigtail Syphon 0 S-3000.16 AR Internal Restraint 0
S-2700.16 Test Plug 1 S-3100.01 SSM-1 Seismic Spring Mount (1" defl.) 2
S-2710.01 Pressure Gauge 1 S-3100.02 SSMA-1 Seismic Spring Mount (1" defl.) 2
S-2710.91 Adjustable Pulsation Dampner 0 S-3100.11 SSM-1 Seismic Spring Mount (2" defl.) 1
S-2720.01 Thermometer 0 S-3100.21 SSM-1 Seismic Spring Mount (3" defl.) 0
S-2720.21 Bi-Metal Temperature Gauges 1 S-3100.31 SCRS Seismic Cable Restraint System 1
S-2730.01 SCH Standard Clevis Hanger 2 S-3100.32 SCRSA Seismic Cable Restraint System 1
S-2730.02 PCH Patented Clevis Hanger 0 S-3100.51 SNB3-3050 All-Directional (3 axis) Seismic Snubber 0
S-2730.03 NCH New Clevis Hanger 0 S-3100.95 TR Thrust Restraint (1" defl.) 0
S-2730.11 ASRH Adjustable Swivel Ring Hanger 3 S-3100.96 TR Thrust Restraint (2" defl.) 0
S-2730.12 ASRHNF Adjustable Swivel Ring Hanger, NFPA Code Compliant 0
S-2730.21 PSP / PSL Extension Split Ring Hanger 2
S-2730.31 LRH Roller Hanger (long) 2
S-2733.01 LRC Roller Chair (long) 3
S-2733.03 ALRS Adjustable Long Roller Support 6
S-2733.04 ALRSG Adjustable Long Roller Support + Guide 2
S-2733.11 SRS Short Roller Stand 3
S-2733.12 ASRS Adjustable Short Roller Stand 1
* indicates discontinued product
S-1000.01 - page 2
General
Selection Information
1. Ceiling suspended / Floor Mounted
2. Spring element / Neoprene element
3. Construction : open / housed / restrained
4. Deflection
5. Point Load
Housed Spring Mounts
1" deflection 2" deflection

Point load (lbs) Isolator Model Point load (lbs) Isolator Model
1 to 50 ZB-121 1 to 80 AB-1-140
51 to 80 ZB-122 81 to 160 AB-1-141
81 to 130 ZB-123 161 to 310 AB-1-142
131 to 210 ZB-124 311 to 410 AB-1-143
211 to 300 ZB-125 411 to 595 AB-1-144
301 to 370 ZB-126 596 to 647 AB-1-141-146B
371 to 700 ZB-127 648 to 1190 AB-1-147
701 to 750 AB-1-109 1191 to 1576 AB-1-148A
751 to 910 AB-1-110 1577 to 1690 AB-1-147-146B
911 to 1080 AB-1-111 1691 to 2076 AB-1-148A-146B
1081 to 1250 AB-1-112 2077 to 2380 AB-2-147
1251 to 1330 AB-1-109-113 2381 to 3152 AB-2-148A
1331 to 1380 AB-1-110-113 3153 to 3380 AB-2-147-146B
1381 to 1550 AB-1-111-113 3381 to 4152 AB-2-148A-146B
1551 to 1832 AB-1-112-113 4153 to 4760 AB-4-147
1833 to 2160 AB-2-111 4761 to 6305 AB-4-148A
2161 to 2500 AB-2-112 6306 to 6760 AB-4-147-146B
2501 to 2660 AB-2-109-113 6761 to 8305 AB-4-148A-146B
2661 to 2760 AB-2-110-113
2761 to 3100 AB-2-111-113
3101 to 3665 AB-2-112-113
3666 to 4330 AB-4-111
4331 to 5000 AB-4-112
5001 to 5330 AB-4-109-113
5331 to 5530 AB-4-110-113
5531 to 6200 AB-4-111-113
6201 to 7330 AB-4-112-113
Open Spring Mounts (OSM / RSM)

(Welded steel construction)
1 to 100 OSM-1-150 1 to 80 OSM-1-140
101 to 180 OSM-1-151 81 to 160 OSM-1-141
181 to 270 OSM-1-152 161 to 310 OSM-1-142
271 to 370 OSM-1-153 311 to 410 OSM-1-143
371 to 500 OSM-1-154 411 to 595 OSM-1-144
501 to 600 OSM-1-155 596 to 647 OSM-1-141-146B
601 to 750 OSM-1-156 648 to 1190 OSM-1-147
751 to 910 OSM-1-157 1191 to 1576 OSM-1-148A
911 to 1500 OSM-1-158 1577 to 1690 OSM-1-147-146B
1501 to 2082 OSM-1-159 1691 to 2076 OSM-1-148A-146B
2083 to 2603 OSM-1-159-161 2077 to 2380 OSM-2-147
2604 to 3000 OSM-2-158 2381 to 3152 OSM-2-148A
3001 to 4165 OSM-2-159 3153 to 3380 OSM-2-147-146B
4166 to 5207 OSM-2-159-161 3381 to 4152 OSM-2-148A-146B
5208 to 6000 OSM-4-158 4153 to 4760 OSM-4-147
6001 to 8330 OSM-4-159 4761 to 6305 OSM-4-148A
8331 to 10415 OSM-4-159-161 6306 to 6760 OSM-4-147-146B
6761 to 8305 OSM-4-148A-146B
Notes / Remarks : VIBRATION MANAGEMENT CORPORATION

3532-A EAST TC JESTER, Internet address:
HOUSTON - TEXAS 77018 , USA www.vimco.biz
Project : Title : Standard Isolator Drawing no.
Client : Selection Tables S-1100.10
Representative : Rev. 4
Open Spring Mounts Neoprene mounts Neoprene hangars
(Rubber cup construction)
1" deflection
Point load (lbs) Isolator Model Point load (lbs) Isolator Model Point load (lbs) Isolator Model
1 to 50 BA-121 1 to 30 FMD-A-1 1 to 30 HND-A-1
211 to 300 BA-125 116 to 130 FMD-B-1 121 to 165 HND-B-1
701 to 750 BB-156 236 to 375 FMD-B-4 376 to 572 HND-B-4
751 to 910 BB-157 376 to 400 FMD-E-3 573 to 745 HND-C-3
1501 to 2082 BB-159 501 to 750 FMD-F-1 1308 to 2240 HND-D-2
2083 to 2603 BB-159-161 751 to 1000 FMD-F-2 2241 to 3000 HND-D-3
1001 to 1500 FMD-F-3 3001 to 4200 HND-D-4
1501 to 2200 FMD-F-4
Spring + Neospring Hangars

Spring Neospring Spring Neospring
1 to 50 HSA-121 1 to 50 HNSA-A3-121 1 to 80 HSB-140 HNSB-A4-140
51 to 80 HSA-122 51 to 80 HNSA-A4-122 81 to 160 HSB-141 HNSB-B1-141
81 to 130 HSA-123 81 to 130 HNSA-B1-123 161 to 310 HSB-142 HNSB-B3-142
211 to 300 HSA-125 211 to 300 HNSA-B3-125 411 to 595 HSB-144 HNSB-C3-144
301 to 370 HSA-126 301 to 370 HNSA-B3-126 596 to 647 HSB-141-146B HNSB-C3-141-146B
371 to 700 HSA-127 371 to 582 HNSA-B4-127 648 to 1190 HSB-147 HNSB-C4-147
701 to 750 HSB-109 583 to 620 HNSB-C3-108 1191 to 1576 HSB-148A HNSB-D2-148A
751 to 910 HSB-110 621 to 750 HNSB-C4-109 1577 to 1690 HSB-147-146B HNSB-D2-147-146B
911 to 1080 HSB-111 751 to 910 HNSB-C4-110 1691 to 2076 HSB-148A-146B HNSB-D2-148A-146B
1081 to 1250 HSB-112 911 to 1080 HNSB-C4-111
1251 to 1330 HSB-109-113 1081 to 1250 HNSB-C4-112
1331 to 1380 HSB-110-113 1251 to 1330 HNSB-D2-109-113
1381 to 1550 HSB-111-113 1331 to 1380 HNSB-D2-110-113
1551 to 1832 HSB-112-113 1381 to 1550 HNSB-D2-111-113
1551 to 1832 HNSB-D2-112-113
0.75" deflection
Point load (lbs) Isolator Model
Spring
1 to 25 HSS-021
26 to 55 HSS-022
56 to 85 HSS-023
86 to 125 HSS-024
NOTES :
1) Above tables offer the most economic isolator selection consistent with VIMCO TM suggested specifications. Please
contact factory for other selection options.
2) Selection tables above incorporate the use of height adjustment shims. If the use of shims is not acceptable to
engineer, use individual product submittal sheets to re-select lower load isolators in higher series.
Example :
1" deflection housed spring mounts for equipment with 4 support points (300lb, 1000lb, 1200lb, 1400lb)
Point 1 Point 2 Point 3 Point 4
Load 300 lb 1000 lb 1200 lb 1400 lb
Normal selection ZB-125 AB-1-111 AB-1-112 AB-1-111-113
Revised selection (no shims) AB-1-106 AB-1-111 AB-1-112 AB-1-111-113
S-1100.10 - page 2 (Rev. 4)

Selection Information
1. Ceiling suspended / Floor Mounted
2. Spring element / Neoprene element
3. Construction : open / housed / restrained
4. Deflection
5. Point Load
Housed Spring Mounts

1 to 40 ZB-121 1 to 66 AB-1-140
41 to 66 ZB-122 67 to 133 AB-1-141
67 to 110 ZB-123 134 to 250 AB-1-142
111 to 173 ZB-124 251 to 333 AB-1-143
174 to 246 ZB-125 334 to 476 AB-1-144
247 to 300 ZB-126 477 to 518 AB-1-141-146B
301 to 466 ZB-127 519 to 650 AB-1-142-146B
467 to 500 AB-1-108 651 to 953 AB-1-147
501 to 600 AB-1-109 954 to 1261 AB-1-148A
601 to 733 AB-1-110 1262 to 1353 AB-1-147-146B
734 to 866 AB-1-111 1354 to 1661 AB-1-148A-146B
867 to 1000 AB-1-112 1662 to 1906 AB-2-147
1001 to 1066 AB-1-109-113 1907 to 2522 AB-2-148A
1067 to 1106 AB-1-110-113 2523 to 2706 AB-2-147-146B
1107 to 1240 AB-1-111-113 2707 to 3322 AB-2-148A-146B
1241 to 1466 AB-1-112-113 3323 to 3812 AB-4-147
1467 to 1732 AB-2-111 3813 to 5044 AB-4-148A
1733 to 2000 AB-2-112 5045 to 5414 AB-4-147-146B
2001 to 2132 AB-2-109-113 5415 to 6644 AB-4-148A-146B
2133 to 2212 AB-2-110-113
2213 to 2480 AB-2-111-113
2481 to 2932 AB-2-112-113
2933 to 3464 AB-4-111
3465 to 4000 AB-4-112
4001 to 4264 AB-4-109-113
4265 to 4424 AB-4-110-113
4425 to 4960 AB-4-111-113
4961 to 5864 AB-4-112-113
Open Spring Mounts (OSM / RSM)

(Welded steel construction)
1 to 83 OSM-1-150 1 to 66 OSM-1-140
84 to 150 OSM-1-151 67 to 133 OSM-1-141
151 to 216 OSM-1-152 134 to 250 OSM-1-142
217 to 300 OSM-1-153 251 to 333 OSM-1-143
301 to 400 OSM-1-154 334 to 476 OSM-1-144
401 to 500 OSM-1-155 477 to 518 OSM-1-141-146B
501 to 600 OSM-1-156 519 to 650 OSM-1-142-146B
601 to 733 OSM-1-157 651 to 953 OSM-1-147
734 to 1200 OSM-1-158 954 to 1261 OSM-1-148A
1201 to 1666 OSM-1-159 1262 to 1353 OSM-1-147-146B
1667 to 2083 OSM-1-159-161 1354 to 1661 OSM-1-148A-146B
2084 to 2400 OSM-2-158 1662 to 1906 OSM-2-147
2401 to 3332 OSM-2-159 1907 to 2522 OSM-2-148A
3333 to 4166 OSM-2-159-161 2523 to 2706 OSM-2-147-146B
4167 to 4800 OSM-4-158 2707 to 3322 OSM-2-148A-146B
4801 to 6664 OSM-4-159 3323 to 3812 OSM-4-147
6665 to 8332 OSM-4-159-161 3813 to 5044 OSM-4-148A
5045 to 5414 OSM-4-147-146B
5415 to 6644 OSM-4-148A-146B
Notes / Remarks : These tables should only be used when VIBRATION MANAGEMENT CORPORATION
there is uncertainty over calculated point loads. Otherwise use 3532-A EAST TC JESTER, Internet address:
VIMCOTM standard selection charts (S-1100.10) HOUSTON - TEXAS 77018 , USA www.vimco.biz
Project : Title : Special Isolator Drawing no.
Client : Selection Tables S-1100.11
Consultant : 50% additional travel to solid (2 pages)
Representative : (**Read notes before using**) Rev. 1
Open Spring Mounts Neoprene mounts Neoprene hangars
(Rubber cup construction)
1" deflection
467 to 500 BB-155 236 to 375 FMD-B-4 376 to 573 HND-B-4
1667 to 2083 BB-159-161 1001 to 1500 FMD-F-3 3001 to 4200 HND-D-4
1501 to 2200 FMD-F-4
Spring + Neospring Hangars

Spring Neospring Spring Neospring
1 to 40 HSA-121 1 to 40 HNSA-A3-121 1 to 66 HSB-140 HNSB-A3-140
41 to 66 HSA-122 41 to 66 HNSA-A4-122 67 to 133 HSB-141 HNSB-B1-141
247 to 300 HSA-126 247 to 300 HNSA-B3-126 477 to 518 HSB-141-146B HNSB-B4-141-146B
301 to 466 HSA-127 301 to 466 HNSA-B4-127 519 to 650 HSB-142-146B HNSB-C3-142-146B
467 to 500 HSB-108 467 to 500 HNSB-C3-108 651 to 953 HSB-147 HNSB-C4-147
501 to 600 HSB-109 501 to 600 HNSB-C4-109 954 to 1261 HSB-148A HNSB-D2-148A
601 to 733 HSB-110 601 to 733 HNSB-C4-110 1262 to 1353 HSB-147-146B HNSB-D2-147-146B
734 to 866 HSB-111 734 to 866 HNSB-C4-111 1354 to 1661 HSB-148A-146B HNSB-D2-148A-146B
867 to 1000 HSB-112 867 to 1000 HNSB-C4-112
1001 to 1066 HSB-109-113 1001 to 1066 HNSB-D2-109-113
1067 to 1106 HSB-110-113 1067 to 1106 HNSB-D2-110-113
1107 to 1240 HSB-111-113 1107 to 1240 HNSB-D2-111-113
1241 to 1466 HSB-112-113 1241 to 1466 HNSB-D2-112-113
0.75" deflection
Point load (lbs) Isolator Model
Spring
1 to 20 HSS-021
21 to 44 HSS-022
45 to 70 HSS-023
71 to 100 HSS-024
NOTES :
1) Above tables offer the most economic isolator selection consistent with '50% additional travel to solid ' specifications.
These tables should only be used when there is uncertainty over calculated point loads. Otherwise use VIMCOTM
standard selection charts (S-1100.10).
2) Selection tables above incorporate the use of height adjustment shims. If the use of shims is not acceptable to
engineer, use individual product submittal sheets to re-select lower load isolators in higher series.
Example :
1" deflection housed spring mounts for equipment with 4 support points (300lb, 1000lb, 1200lb, 1400lb)
Point 1 Point 2 Point 3 Point 4
Load 300 lb 1000 lb 1200 lb 1400 lb
Normal selection ZB-126 AB-1-112 AB-1-111-113 AB-1-112-113
Revised selection (no shims) AB-1-106 AB-1-112 AB-1-111-113 AB-1-112-113
S-1100.11 - page 2 (Rev. 1)

FLOOR MOUNTED INSTALLATIONS
Neoprene Mounts
For non-critical applications with low rpm
equipment.
Refer submittal catalog S-2225.01 for complete product info
Use Table 1 for load selection.
Spring Mounts (Free-Standing/Open)

For equipment running at lower rpms, and
where equipment is not subject to wind loads.
Refer submittal catalog S-2025.xx for complete product info
Spring Mounts (Housed)

For equipment running at high rpm, and where
equipment may be unstable due to wind loads or
start-up torque.
Use Table 3a/3b for load selection.
CEILING SUSPENDED INSTALLATIONS

Neoprene Hangars
For non-critical, applications
Refer submittal catalog S-2300.01 for complete product info
Spring Hangars
For critical applications, where greater isolation is
required.
Neo-Spring Hangars
For critical applications, with high frequency noise
stop.
* See reverse for load selection tables

LOW COST, NON-CRITICAL APPLICATIONS
Floor Mounted Ceiling Suspended
* For loads up to 220 lbs
CRMP ECRMP RMP SRMP
* Pad size to be selected based on equipment leg footprint. Load at 35-55 psi
Refer submittal catalog S-2200.01,11,21,31 for complete product info
AVHM-100

Project : Title : Quick Reference Drawing no.
Client : Product Selector S-1100.16
LOAD SELECTION TABLES
Table 1 Table 2 Table 3a

Neoprene mounts Open Spring Mounts Housed Spring Mounts
(Rubber cup construction) (1" deflection)
1 to 30 FMD-A-1 1 to 50 BA-121 1 to 50 ZB-121
31 to 40 FMD-A-2 51 to 80 BA-122 51 to 80 ZB-122
41 to 70 FMD-A-3 81 to 130 BA-123 81 to 130 ZB-123
71 to 115 FMD-A-4 131 to 210 BA-124 131 to 210 ZB-124
116 to 130 FMD-B-1 211 to 300 BA-125 211 to 300 ZB-125
131 to 165 FMD-B-2 301 to 370 BA-126 301 to 370 ZB-126
166 to 235 FMD-B-3 371 to 582 BA-127 371 to 582 ZB-127
236 to 375 FMD-B-4 583 to 620 BB-155 583 to 620 AB-1-108
376 to 400 FMD-E-3 621 to 750 BB-156 621 to 750 AB-1-109
401 to 500 FMD-E-4 751 to 910 BB-157 751 to 910 AB-1-110
501 to 750 FMD-F-1 911 to 1500 BB-158 911 to 1080 AB-1-111
751 to 1000 FMD-F-2 1501 to 2080 BB-159 1081 to 1250 AB-1-112
1001 to 1500 FMD-F-3 2081 to 2603 BB-159-161 1251 to 1330 AB-1-109-113
1501 to 2200 FMD-F-4 1331 to 1380 AB-1-110-113
* For models with base plate specify BD i/o BA 1381 to 1550 AB-1-111-113
and BE i/o BB 1551 to 1832 AB-1-112-113
Table 3b Table 4 Table 5a

Housed Spring Mounts Neoprene hangars Spring hangars
(2" deflection) (1" deflection)
1 to 80 AB-1-140 1 to 30 HND-A-1 1 to 50 HSA-121
81 to 160 AB-1-141 31 to 120 HND-A-4 51 to 210 HSA-124
161 to 310 AB-1-142 121 to 165 HND-B-1 211 to 300 HSA-125
596 to 647 AB-1-141-146B 376 to 572 HND-B-4 583 to 620 HSB-108
648 to 1190 AB-1-147 573 to 745 HND-C-3 621 to 750 HSB-109
1191 to 1576 AB-1-148A 746 to 1307 HND-C-4 751 to 910 HSB-110
1577 to 1690 AB-1-147-146B 1308 to 2240 HND-D-2 911 to 1080 HSB-111
1691 to 2076 AB-1-148A-146B 2241 to 3000 HND-D-3 1081 to 1250 HSB-112
3001 to 4200 HND-D-4 1251 to 1330 HSB-109-113
1331 to 1380 HSB-110-113
1381 to 1550 HSB-111-113
1551 to 1832 HSB-112-113
Table 5b Table 6a Table 6b

Spring hangars Neo-Spring hangars Neo-Spring hangars
(2" deflection) (1.5" deflection) (2.5" deflection)
1 to 80 HSB-140 1 to 50 HNSA-A3-121 1 to 80 HNSB-A4-140
81 to 160 HSB-141 51 to 80 HNSA-A4-122 81 to 160 HNSB-B1-141
161 to 310 HSB-142 81 to 130 HNSA-B1-123 161 to 310 HNSB-B3-142
311 to 410 HSB-143 131 to 210 HNSA-B2-124 311 to 410 HNSB-B4-143
411 to 595 HSB-144 211 to 300 HNSA-B3-125 411 to 595 HNSB-C3-144
596 to 647 HSB-141-146B 301 to 370 HNSA-B3-126 596 to 647 HNSB-C3-141-146B
648 to 1190 HSB-147 371 to 582 HNSA-B4-127 648 to 1190 HNSB-C4-147
1191 to 1576 HSB-148A 583 to 620 HNSB-C3-108 1191 to 1576 HNSB-D2-148A
1577 to 1690 HSB-147-146B 621 to 750 HNSB-C4-109 1577 to 1690 HNSB-D2-147-146B
1691 to 2076 HSB-148A-146B 751 to 910 HNSB-C4-110 1691 to 2076 HNSB-D2-148A-146B
911 to 1080 HNSB-C4-111
1081 to 1250 HNSB-C4-112
1251 to 1330 HNSB-D2-109-113
1331 to 1380 HNSB-D2-110-113
1381 to 1550 HNSB-D2-111-113
1551 to 1832 HNSB-D2-112-113
S-1100.16 - page 1 (Rev. 1)

VIBRATION
Product VIMCO™ AMBER/BOOTH KINETICS™ MASON™ VECO VM&C™
ISOLATION
ZA / AA-1 / AA-2 / AA-4 XLS / XL / XLW (Style A) SL C OCT BE / CE / DE HM / HML
Housed Spring ZB / AB-1 / AB-2 / AB-4 XLS / XL / XLW (Style C) SLP CIP OCTLS BP / CP / DP --
Mounts ZC / AC-1 / AC-2 / AC-4 XLS / XL / XLW (Style B) SLI CIP -- -- --
ZD / AD-1 / AD-2 / AD-4 XLS / XL / XLW (Style D) -- CIW OCTL BT / CT / DT --
BA / BB -- FDS SLF-A / B / C -- AC / ADC --
Free-Standing BD / BE -- -- SLFH-A / B / C OST2R ACB / ADCB --
Spring Mounts OSM SW FDS-B SLF OST1, OST3 -- OM / OML
RSM CT / CTC FRS / FLS SLR KW2, KW3 AWR OMV
HSA / HSB / HSC BSS / BS / BSW / BSW-2 SH HS SNC SHS / SH / SHW HS / HSL
Spring Hangars
OHSA DXS / KDX / KDXW / KDXW SHU IM OSC -- --
CRMP NRC NCP NK 300N CORK-RIB CNP
RMP NR NPD MSW 200N SHEAR-FLEX NNP
Pads / Elastomer
ECRMP -- -- SW -- -- --
Mounts
SRMP SP-NR NGD WSW -- SHEAR-FLEX (Flex-Plates) --
FMD-A / B / E / F RVD RD ND 368D RD ND / NVD
HND-A / B / C / D HRD-1 / BRD RH HD CD / CTD RHD RH
Elastomer hangars AVHM-100 -- -- -- -- -- --
RG-1 -- -- -- -- -- --
Spring / Elastomer
HNSA / HNSB SSR / BSR / BSWR / BSWR SRH DNHS SNRC RSHS / RSH / RSHW HES / HESL
Combination Hangars
FCU Style 2655 UT MFTFU -- VMU --
FCS Style 2800 FC MFNC -- VMS --
Expansion Joints / FCT Style 2600 FT MFTNC -- VMT --
Pump connectors JF-500-T SS-PM -- BSS-GU-RF-150 -- MFP-NE --
JF-500 SS-FP -- BS-GU-RF-150 -- MFP-MFE --
JF-500-H -- -- -- -- -- --
SSM-1 SWPQ -- SSLFH-C -- AEQ --
SSMA-1 SWSR FYS SSLFH-B -- -- SEQ
Seismic
SNB-3-3050 ER-C HS-3 Z-1011 -- SR --
SCRS -- SRB-1 SCB -- SCR --
Notes:
1 Above selection chart is provided as a quick selection tool. Products mentioned as equivalent are NOT equal in all respects. Refer manufacturer catalogs
for detailed comparison.
2 Blank listings do not necessarily mean an equivalent product can not be offered by alternate manufacturer.
3 Contact factory for equivalent product listing of manufacturers not mentioned above.
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : U.S. Manufacturer Drawing no.
Client : Cross-Reference Chart S-1100.21
Consultant : (Vibration Isolation Products)
S. No. Item / Isolator Type / Model Max. isolators / List price
equipment
(US$)
1 Chillers / Cooling Towers
a 1" deflection housed spring mounts (AA) 16 $1,530 / eqpt
b 2" deflection housed spring mounts (AA) 16 $3,040 / eqpt
c 1" deflection restrained spring mounts (RSM) 16 $1,770 / eqpt
d 2" deflection restrained spring mounts (RSM) 16 $3,040 / eqpt
2 Air Handling Units / Package Units / Condensing Units
a 1" deflection free-standing spring mounts (OSM) 6 $320 / eqpt
b 2" deflection free-standing spring mounts (OSM) 6 $580 / eqpt
c 1" deflection spring hangars (HSA/HSB) 6 $260 / eqpt
d 2" deflection spring hangars (HSB) 6 $330 / eqpt
e 1" deflection Neo-spring™ hangars (HNSX) 6 $320 / eqpt
f 2" deflection Neo-spring™ hangars (HNSB) 6 $500 / eqpt
3 Fan Coil Units
a 1" deflection spring hangars (HSX) 4 $90 / eqpt
b 2" deflection spring hangars (HSB) 4 $190 / eqpt
c 1" deflection Neo-spring™ hangars (HNSX) 4 $200 / eqpt
d 2" deflection Neo-spring™ hangars (HNSB) 4 $288 / eqpt
e Rubber-In-Shear hangars (HND) 4 $60 / eqpt
4 Fans
a 1" deflection spring hangars (HSX) 4 $180 / eqpt
b 2" deflection spring hangars (HSB) 4 $220 / eqpt
c 1" deflection Neo-spring™ hangars (HNSX) 4 $200 / eqpt
d 2" deflection Neo-spring™ hangars (HNSB) 4 $290 / eqpt
e Rubber-In-Shear hangars (HND) 4 $180 / eqpt
5 Pumps
a 1" deflection free-standing spring mounts (OSM) 8 $420 / eqpt
b 2" deflection free-standing spring mounts (OSM) 8 $770 / eqpt
6 Piping
a 1" deflection spring hangars (HSX) 8 ft spacing $2 / foot
b Pipe Size 2" deflection spring hangars (HSB) 8 ft spacing $6 / foot
c (1/2" to 8") 1" deflection Neo-spring™ hangars (HNSB) 8 ft spacing $4 / foot
d 2" deflection Neo-spring™ hangars (HNSB) 8 ft spacing $9 / foot
e 1" deflection spring hangars (HSX) 8 ft spacing $3 / foot
f Pipe Size 2" deflection spring hangars (HSB) 8 ft spacing $7 / foot
g (10" to 14") 1" deflection Neo-spring™ hangars (HNSB) 8 ft spacing $7 / foot
h 2" deflection Neo-spring™ hangars (HNSB) 8 ft spacing $10 / foot
I 1" deflection spring hangars (HSX) 8 ft spacing $6 / foot
j Pipe Size 2" deflection spring hangars (HSB) 8 ft spacing $7 / foot
k (16" to 20") 1" deflection Neo-spring™ hangars (HNSB) 8 ft spacing $8 / foot
l 2" deflection Neo-spring™ hangars (HNSB) 8 ft spacing $12 / foot
Notes:
1 Above pricing is for estimation purposes only. Wherever possible, perform actual load selection.
2 Pricing indicated above is list pricing, subject to applicable buy/sell multipliers.

Project : Title : BUDGETARY PRICING Drawing no.
Client : (Vibration Isolation Products) S-1100.31
Consultant :
Representative: Rev. 0
LIMITED WARRANTY
Subject to terms and conditions herein, Vibration Management Corporation ("VIMCO") warrants to the original owner at the original installation site that products
manufactured by VIMCO ("Products") comply, at the time of manufacture, with VIMCO literature, and will be free from defects in materials and workmanship for
a period of 12 months after the date of start-up or 18 months after the date of shipment from factory, whichever shall be less (the "Warranty Period")
REMEDY
A. The sole remedy for breach of this warranty is expressly limited to the repair or ex-factory replacement of refund of VIMCO ex-factory sale price.
(at VIMCO's sole option) of any Product found to have manufacturing defects under conditions of normal use within the Warranty Period. Installation
is not included.
B. The owner must notify the original installer of the Product and VIMCO (Attn: Warranty Claims, 3532-A East TC Jester, Houston, TX 77018), in writing,
within the Warranty Period, providing a detailed description of all claimed defects. Transportation to factory or other designated facility for repairs of
any Products or components of Products alleged defective shall, in all events, be the responsibility and at the cost of the owner.
EXCLUSIONS
VIMCO shall have no liability for:
A. Incidental, special or consequential damages such as loss of the use of products, facilities or production, inconvenience, loss of time or labor expense
involved in repairing or replacing the alleged defective Product.
B. The performance of any Product under conditions varying materially from those under which such Product is usually tested under industry standards.
as of the time of shipment.
C. Any damage to the Product due to abrasion, erosion, corrosion, deterioration, abnormal temperatures or the influence of foreign matter or energy.
D. The design or operation of owner's plant or equipment or of any facility or system of which any Product may be made a part.
E. The suitability of any Product for any particular application.
F. Any failure resulting from misuse, modification not authorized by VIMCO in writing, improper installation or lack of improper maintenance.
G. Equipment furnished by owner, either mounted or unmounted, or when contracted for by the owner to be installed or handled.
VIMCO's liability under this warranty shall not in any case exceed the VIMCO ex-factory sale price for the Product found to be defective.
THIRD-PARTY WARRANTIES
For goods or components not manufactured by VIMCO, above mentioned warranty obligations of VIMCO shall be limited by the warranty actually extended to
VIMCO by its vendors.
SEVERABILITY
To the extent that any provision of this warranty would be void or prohibited under applicable law, such provisions shall be limited in effect to the minimum extent
necessary to render the remaining provisions hereof enforceable.
NO OTHER WARRANTIES
VIMCO makes no implied warranty of merchantability or fitness for particular purpose, or other warranties with respect to any products or services except as
expressly set forth in this limited warranty.
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : LIMITED WARRANTY Drawing no.

Client : CERTIFICATE S-1100.91
Consultant :
3532-A EAST TC JESTER , BROOKWOOD BUSINESS PARK , HOUSTON , TEXAS 77018 , U.S.A
This is to certify that VIMCOTM cataloged range of pipe supports meets or exceeds industry standards set for their design and manufacture.
1. Applicable standards for individual products are indicated in relevant submittal catalogs (S-2730.xx thru S-2739.xx) and consist of
the following:
ANSI/MSS SP-58-2009 Pipe Hangers and Support - Materials, Design, Manufacture, Selection, Application, and Installation
WW-H-171E Federal Specification, Pipe Hangers & Supports
ASME B31.9-2011 Building Services Piping
NFPA 13-2007 Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems
FM 1951 Pipe Hanger Components for Automatic Sprinkler Systems
ANSI UL 203 Pipe Hanger Equipment for Fire Protection Service
2. All carbon steel used in the manufacture of VIMCOTM pipe support products is mill certified and engineered for cold forming, which
enhances structural integrity of the fabricated component. Steel raw material complies with the following standards:
ASTM A1008 Cold Rolled Steel
ASTM A1011 Hot Rolled Steel
ASTM A653 Hot-Dip Zinc Coated Steel Sheet
3. Where a galvanic corrosion proof coating is factory applied, the followings standards are adhered to:
ASTM A123 Standard specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron or Steel Products
ASTM B633 Standard specification for ElectroDeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel.
Limitation of Liability: Vibration Management Corporation (VIMCO’s) entire liability with respect to these products shall be limited to the price of the products. In no event shall VIMCO, its
agents or employees, be liable for direct, indirect, special, consequential or incidental damages arising out of the use of, or inability to use these products or arising out of any defect in these
products, even if VIMCO has been advised of the possibility of such damages. VIMCO is a registered tradename of Vibration Management Corporation, Houston, Texas. © VIMCO 2012
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : PRODUCT COMPLIANCE Drawing no.

Client : CERTIFICATE S-1100.92
Consultant : (Pipe Supports)
GALVANIZED SPRINGS
SPRING COLOR RL SL DEFLECTION SPRING O.D. FSH
NO. AT SL CONSTANT
MAIN STRIPE (LB.) (LB.) (INCH) (LB./INCH) (INCH) (INCH)
021 SILVER BLUE 20 30 0.75 40
022 SILVER RED 44 66 0.75 88
1 1/4 1 1/2
023 SILVER YELLOW 70 105 0.75 140
024 SILVER WHITE 100 150 0.75 200
041 SILVER BLUE 14 22 1.55 15
042 SILVER RED 34 51 1.50 34
043 SILVER YELLOW 57 86 1.40 62 1 1/4 2 1/4
044 SILVER WHITE 70 106 1.25 85
045 SILVER PINK 144 216 1.30 167
101 SILVER PINK 56 85 1.40 61
102 SILVER BLACK 76 115 1.30 89
103 SILVER BLUE 113 170 1.30 131
104 SILVER YELLOW 150 225 1.30 174
105 SILVER BROWN 216 325 1.20 271
106 SILVER RED 300 450 1.20 375
2
107 SILVER PURPLE 400 600 1.20 500 4
108 SILVER ORANGE 500 750 1.10 682
109 SILVER GREEN 600 900 1.00 900
110 SILVER GRAY 733 1100 0.80 1375
111 SILVER WHITE 866 1300 0.80 1625
112 SILVER GOLD 1000 1500 1.00 1500
113 SILVER NIL 466 700 1.00 700 1 5/32
121 SILVER BLUE 40 60 1.30 47
122 SILVER ORANGE 66 100 1.30 77
123 SILVER BROWN 110 165 1.20 138
124 SILVER BLACK 173 260 1.00 260 2 2 3/4
125 SILVER YELLOW 246 370 0.80 463
126 SILVER RED 300 450 0.50 900
127 SILVER GREEN 560 840 1.15 731
131 ** SILVER BLUE 83 125 1.30 97
132 ** SILVER BLACK 266 400 1.30 308
133 ** SILVER RED 433 650 1.10 591
3 1/4 4
134 ** SILVER GREEN 666 1000 1.10 910
135 ** SILVER GRAY 1066 1600 1.00 1600
138 ** SILVER YELLOW 866 1300 1.00 1300
140 SILVER BLUE 66 100 2.25 45
141 SILVER BLACK 133 200 2.25 89
142 SILVER RED 250 375 2.00 188
143 SILVER GREEN 333 500 2.00 250 2
144 SILVER GRAY 476 714 2.00 357
147 SILVER WHITE 953 1430 2.00 715 5
148A SILVER YELLOW 1261 1892 2.00 946
145 ** SILVER ORANGE 100 150 2.00 75
146 ** SILVER BROWN 186 280 2.00 140
1 1/4
146A ** SILVER BLUE 233 350 2.00 175
146B SILVER WHITE 400 600 2.00 300
** Production discontinued, available till stocks last
NOTES :
1) SL = LOAD IN LB. AT WHICH SPRING WILL BECOME SOLID OR THEORETICAL MAXIMUM LOAD
2) RL = RATED LOAD IN LBS., BASED ON ASHRAE DEFINED 50% ADDITIONAL TRAVEL TO SOLID.
3) FSH = FREE SPRING HEIGHT
4) ISOLATORS SHOULD BE SELECTED IN THE RANGE OF MINUS 30% TO PLUS 25% OF RATED LOAD

3532-A EAST TC JESTER, Intenet address:
Project : Title : Spring Chart Drawing no.

Client : S-1200.00
GALVANIZED SPRINGS
SPRING COLOR RL SL DEFLECTION SPRING O.D. FSH
NO. AT SL CONSTANT
MAIN STRIPE (LB.) (LB.) (INCH) (LB./INCH) (INCH) (INCH)
150 SILVER BROWN 83 125 1.30 97
151 SILVER ORANGE 150 225 1.30 174
152 SILVER GREEN 216 325 1.20 271
153 SILVER RED 300 450 1.20 375
154 SILVER BLACK 400 600 1.20 500
2 1/2
155 SILVER WHITE 500 750 1.10 682 3 5/8
156 SILVER GRAY 600 900 1.00 900
157 SILVER BLUE 733 1100 0.90 1223
158 SILVER GOLD 1200 1800 1.00 1800
159 SILVER NIL 1666 2500 1.00 2500
161 SILVER RED 416 625 1.00 625 1 5/16
181 SILVER PINK 86 130 4.30 30
182 SILVER GREEN 133 200 4.00 50
183 SILVER BLUE 180 270 3.60 75
184 SILVER YELLOW 266 400 3.20 125 2 1/2
6
185 SILVER BROWN 486 730 3.60 200
186 SILVER RED 713 1070 3.00 350
187 SILVER WHITE 926 1390 3.00 464
199 SILVER BLACK 533 800 3.00 267 1 11/16
201 SILVER PINK 60 90 3.00 30
202 SILVER GREEN 100 150 3.00 50
203 SILVER BLUE 150 225 3.00 75
204 SILVER YELLOW 250 375 3.00 125 2 1/2
6
205 SILVER BROWN 400 600 3.00 200
206 SILVER RED 700 1050 3.00 350
207 SILVER WHITE 926 1390 3.00 464
219 SILVER BLACK 533 800 3.00 267 1 11/16
** Production discontinued, available till stocks last
NOTES :
1) SL = LOAD IN LB. AT WHICH SPRING WILL BECOME SOLID OR THEORETICAL MAXIMUM LOAD
2) RL = RATED LOAD IN LBS., BASED ON ASHRAE DEFINED 50% ADDITIONAL TRAVEL TO SOLID.
3) FSH = FREE SPRING HEIGHT
4) ISOLATORS SHOULD BE SELECTED IN THE RANGE OF MINUS 30% TO PLUS 25% OF RATED LOAD
S-1200.00 - page 2 (Rev. 9)

Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : Spring Stiffness Ratios Drawing no.

Client : S-1200.10
Consultant :
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : Vibration Isolation Drawing no.

Client : Efficiency Chart S-1200.20
Consultant : Deflection vs Disturbing Frequency
Spring
Mounts
Model 'ZA' ISOLATOR RATED SOLID

External Adjustment MODEL LOAD LOAD
(lbs) (lbs)
Z×-121 40 60
Z×-122 66 100
Z×-123 110 165
Z×-124 173 260
Z×-125 246 370
Model 'ZB' Z×-126 300 450
Internal Adjustment - pin top Z×-127 560 840
× Choose appropriate isolator model: ZA,ZB,ZC,ZD using mounting style diagrams on left.
FEATURES
* Resilient elastomeric snubbers to prevent metal to
metal contact
* Anti-skid elastomeric acoustical pad
Model 'ZC' * Built-in leveling device
Internal Adjustment - flat top * Spring elements color-coded for easy field verification
N.T.S.
NOTES
1. Cast iron housings.
Model 'ZD' 2. Springs have 50% additional travel to solid beyond rated load.
Internal Adjustment - neoprene top 3. Isolators should be selected in the range of -30% to +25%
of rated load.
4. Adjust mounting so that upper housing clears lower
housing by atleast 1/4" but not more than 1/2".
5. Consult spring chart for isolator performance data.
6. Free height indicated above is for ZA isolator.
ZB,ZC free height is 4 1/4". ZD free height is 4 1/2"
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : ZA / ZB / ZC / ZD Drawing no.

Client : Housed Spring Mount S-2000.01
Consultant : (1" deflection)
Model 'AA-1' ISOLATOR RATED SOLID

(lbs) (lbs)
A×-1-101 56 85
A×-1-102 76 115
A×-1-103 113 170
A×-1-104 150 225
A×-1-105 216 325
Model 'AB-1' A×-1-106 300 450
Internal Adjustment - pin top A×-1-107 400 600
A×-1-108 500 750
A×-1-109 600 900
A×-1-110 733 1100
A×-1-111 866 1300
A×-1-112 1000 1500
A×-1-101-113 507 761
Model 'AC-1' A×-1-102-113 526 789
Internal Adjustment - flat top A×-1-103-113 554 831
A×-1-104-113 582 874
N.T.S. A×-1-105-113 647 971
A×-1-106-113 716 1075
A×-1-107-113 800 1200
NOTES A×-1-108-113 921 1382
1. Cast iron housings. A×-1-109-113 1066 1600
Model 'AD-1' 2. Springs have 50% additional travel to solid beyond A×-1-110-113 1106 1660
Internal Adjustment - neoprene top rated load A×-1-111-113 1240 1860
3. Isolators should be selected in the range of -30% to A×-1-112-113 1466 2200
+25% of rated load. × Choose appropriate isolator model: AA,AB,AC,AD using mounting style diagrams on left.
4. Adjust mounting so that upper housing clears lower FEATURES
housing by atleast 1/4" but not more than 1/2". * Resilient elastomeric snubbers to prevent metal to
5. Consult spring chart for isolator performance data. metal contact
6. Free height indicated above is for AA-1 isolator. * Anti-skid elastomeric acoustical pad
AB-1,AC-1 free height is 5 7/8". AD-1 free height is 6 1/8" * Built-in leveling device
* Spring elements color-coded for easy field verification
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : AA-1 / AB-1 / AC-1 / AD-1 Drawing no.

(lbs) (lbs)
A×-2-101 112 170
A×-2-102 152 230
A×-2-103 226 340
A×-2-104 300 450
A×-2-105 432 650
Model 'AB-2' A×-2-106 600 900
A×-2-108 1000 1500
A×-2-109 1200 1800
A×-2-110 1466 2200
A×-2-111 1732 2600
A×-2-112 2000 3000
A×-2-101-113 1014 1522
Model 'AC-2' A×-2-102-113 1052 1578
A×-2-104-113 1164 1748
N.T.S. A×-2-105-113 1294 1942
A×-2-106-113 1432 2150
A×-2-107-113 1600 2400
NOTES A×-2-108-113 1842 2764

(lbs) (lbs)
A×-4-101 224 340
A×-4-102 304 460
A×-4-103 452 680
A×-4-104 600 900
A×-4-105 864 1300
Model 'AB-4' A×-4-106 1200 1800
A×-4-108 2000 3000
A×-4-109 2400 3600
A×-4-110 2932 4400
A×-4-111 3464 5200
A×-4-112 4000 6000
A×-4-101-113 2028 3044
Model 'AC-4' A×-4-102-113 2104 3156
A×-4-104-113 2328 3496
A×-4-105-113 2588 3884
A×-4-106-113 2864 4300
N.T.S. A×-4-107-113 3200 4800
NOTES A×-4-108-113 3684 5528

(lbs) (lbs)
A×-1-140 66 100
A×-1-141 133 200
A×-1-142 250 375
A×-1-143 333 500
A×-1-144 476 714
Model 'AB-1' A×-1-147 953 1430
Internal Adjustment - pin top A×-1-148A 1261 1892
A×-1-140-146B 460 690
A×-1-141-146B 518 778
A×-1-142-146B 650 976
A×-1-143-146B 733 1100
A×-1-144-146B 876 1314
A×-1-147-146B 1353 2030
Model 'AC-1' A×-1-148A-146B 1661 2492
Internal Adjustment - flat top × Choose appropriate isolator model: AA,AB,AC,AD using mounting style diagrams on left.
N.T.S. FEATURES
metal contact
NOTES * Anti-skid elastomeric acoustical pad
1. Cast iron housings. * Built-in leveling device
Model 'AD-1' 2. Springs have 50% additional travel to solid beyond rated * High deflection, low natural frequency
Internal Adjustment - neoprene top load. * Spring elements color-coded for easy field verification
3. Isolators should be selected in the range of -30% to +25%
of rated load.
6. Free height indicated above is for AA-1 isolator.
AB-1,AC-1 free height is 6 7/8". AD-1 free height is 7 1/8"

(lbs) (lbs)
A×-2-140 132 200
A×-2-141 266 400
A×-2-142 500 750
A×-2-143 666 1000
A×-2-144 952 1428
Model 'AB-2' A×-2-147 1906 2860
A×-2-140-146B 920 1380
A×-2-141-146B 1036 1556
A×-2-142-146B 1300 1952
A×-2-143-146B 1466 2200
A×-2-144-146B 1752 2628
A×-2-147-146B 2706 4060
Model 'AC-2' A×-2-148A-146B 3322 4984
N.T.S. FEATURES
metal contact
of rated load.

(lbs) (lbs)
A×-4-140 264 400
A×-4-141 532 800
A×-4-142 1000 1500
A×-4-143 1332 2000
A×-4-144 1904 2856
Model 'AB-4' A×-4-147 3812 5720
A×-4-140-146B 1840 2760
A×-4-141-146B 2072 3112
A×-4-142-146B 2600 3904
A×-4-143-146B 2932 4400
A×-4-144-146B 3504 5256
A×-4-147-146B 5412 8120
Model 'AC-4' A×-4-148A-146B 6644 9968
FEATURES
N.T.S. metal contact
of rated load.
Model 'BA' (w/o base plate) ISOLATOR RATED SOLID

MODEL LOAD LOAD
(lbs) (lbs)
Bx-121 40 60
Bx-122 66 100
Bx-123 110 165
Bx-124 173 260
Bx-125 246 370
Model 'BD' (with base plate) Bx-126 300 450
Bx-127 560 840
× Choose appropriate isolator model: BA,BD,BG using mounting style diagrams on left.
FEATURES
* Large diameter laterally stable springs
* Weld-free construction
* Anti-skid elastomeric acoustical cup
Model 'BG' (w/o height adjustment * Built-in leveling device
or anchoring option) * Spring elements color-coded for easy field verification
N.T.S
NOTES
1. Isolators have a min. operating Kx/Ky ratio of 1.0
2. Springs have 50% additional travel to solid beyond rated load.
of rated load.
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : BA / BD / BG Drawing no.

Client : Free-standing Spring Mount S-2025.01
Consultant : Rubber Cup Construction
Representative : (1" deflection) Rev. 2
Model 'BB' (w/o base plate) ISOLATOR RATED SOLID

MODEL LOAD LOAD
(lbs) (lbs)
BB-150 83 125
BB-151 150 225
BB-152 216 325
BB-153 300 450
BB-154 400 600
Model 'BE' (with base plate) BB-155 500 750
BB-156 600 900
BB-157 733 1100
BB-158 1200 1800
BB-159 1666 2500
BB-150-161 481 722
BB-151-161 532 799
BB-152-161 597 896
BB-153-161 666 1000
BB-154-161 750 1125
BB-155-161 871 1307
BB-156-161 1016 1525
BB-157-161 1108 1663
N.T.S BB-158-161 1616 2425
BB-159-161 2083 3125
NOTES FEATURES
1. Isolators have a min. operating Kx/Ky ratio of 1.0 * Large diameter laterally stable springs
2. Springs have 50% additional travel to solid beyond * Weld-free construction
rated load. * Anti-skid elastomeric acoustical cup
3. Isolators should be selected in the range of -30% to * Built-in leveling device
+25 % of rated load. * Spring elements color-coded for easy field verification
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : BB / BE Drawing no.

Model 'BN' (w/o base plate) ISOLATOR RATED SOLID

MODEL LOAD LOAD
(lbs) (lbs)
Bx-041 19 29
Bx-042 34 52
Bx-043 57 86
Bx-044 76 115
Bx-045 148 222
Model 'BO' (with base plate) × Choose appropriate isolator model: BN,BO,BP using mounting style diagrams on left.
FEATURES
* Weld-free construction
* Built-in leveling device
Model 'BP' (w/o height adjustment
or anchoring
g option)
p )
N.T.S
NOTES
of rated load.
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : BN / BO / BP Drawing no.

Model 'BB' (w/o base plate) ISOLATOR RATED SOLID

MODEL LOAD LOAD
(lbs) (lbs)
BB-181 86 130
BB-182 133 200
BB-183 180 270
BB-184 266 400
BB-185 486 730
Model 'BE' (with base plate) BB-186 713 1070
BB-187 926 1390
BB-181-199 593 890
BB-182-199 633 950
BB-183-199 683 1025
BB-184-199 783 1175
BB-185-199 933 1400
BB-186-199 1233 1850
BB-187-199 1460 2190
NOTES FEATURES
2. Springs have 50% additional travel to solid beyond * Weld-free construction
rated load. * Anti-skid elastomeric acoustical cup
3. Isolators should be selected in the range of -30% to * Built-in leveling device
+25 % of rated load. * High deflection, low natural frequency
4. Consult spring chart for isolator performance data. * Spring elements color-coded for easy field verification
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : BB / BE Drawing no.

ISOLATOR RATED SOLID

MODEL LOAD LOAD
(lbs) (lbs)
OSM-1-150 83 125
OSM-1-151 150 225
OSM-1-152 216 325
OSM-1-153 300 450
OSM-1-154 400 600
OSM-1-155 500 750
OSM-1-156 600 900
OSM-1-157 733 1100
OSM-1-158 1200 1800
OSM-1-159 1666 2500
OSM-1-150-161 481 722
OSM-1-151-161 532 799
OSM-1-152-161 597 896
OSM-1-153-161 666 1000
OSM-1-154-161 750 1125
OSM-1-155-161 871 1307
OSM-1-156-161 1016 1525
N.T.S. OSM-1-157-161 1108 1663
OSM-1-158-161 1616 2425
OSM-1-159-161 2083 3125
NOTES FEATURES
2. Springs have 50% additional travel to solid beyond rated load. * Welded construction
3. Isolators should be selected in the range of -30% to +25% of rated load. * Anti-skid elastomeric acoustical pad
4. Consult spring chart for isolator performance data. * Built-in leveling device
* Mounting holes furnished as standard
* Galvanized finish
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : OSM-1 Drawing no.

Consultant : Welded Construction

MODEL LOAD LOAD
(lbs) (lbs)
OSM-2-150 166 250
OSM-2-151 300 450
OSM-2-152 432 650
OSM-2-153 600 900
OSM-2-154 800 1200
OSM-2-155 1000 1500
OSM-2-156 1200 1800
OSM-2-157 1466 2200
OSM-2-158 2400 3600
OSM-2-159 3332 5000
OSM-2-150-161 962 1444
OSM-2-151-161 1064 1598
OSM-2-152-161 1194 1792
OSM-2-153-161 1332 2000
OSM-2-154-161 1500 2250
OSM-2-155-161 1742 2614
OSM-2-156-161 2032 3050
OSM-2-157-161 2216 3326
N.T.S. OSM-2-158-161 3232 4850
OSM-2-159-161 4166 6250
NOTES FEATURES
* Galvanized finish


MODEL LOAD LOAD
(lbs) (lbs)
OSM-4-150 332 500
OSM-4-151 600 900
OSM-4-152 864 1300
OSM-4-153 1200 1800
OSM-4-154 1600 2400
OSM-4-155 2000 3000
OSM-4-156 2400 3600
OSM-4-157 2932 4400
OSM-4-158 4800 7200
OSM-4-159 6664 10000
OSM-4-150-161 1924 2888
OSM-4-151-161 2128 3196
OSM-4-152-161 2388 3584
OSM-4-153-161 2664 4000
OSM-4-154-161 3000 4500
OSM-4-155-161 3484 5228
OSM-4-156-161 4064 6100
OSM-4-157-161 4432 6652
N.T.S. OSM-4-158-161 6464 9700
OSM-4-159-161 8332 12500
NOTES FEATURES
* Galvanized finish


MODEL LOAD LOAD
(lbs) (lbs)
OSM-1-140 66 100
OSM-1-141 133 200
OSM-1-142 250 375
OSM-1-143 333 500
OSM-1-144 476 714
OSM-1-147 953 1430
OSM-1-148A 1261 1892
OSM-1-140-146B 460 690
OSM-1-141-146B 518 778
OSM-1-142-146B 650 976
OSM-1-143-146B 733 1100
OSM-1-144-146B 876 1314
OSM-1-147-146B 1353 2030
OSM-1-148A-146B 1661 2492
FEATURES
* Welded construction
N.T.S. * Anti-skid elastomeric acoustical pad
* Galvanized finish
NOTES * High deflection, low natural frequency
1. Isolators have a min. operating Kx/Ky ratio of 1.0 * Spring elements color-coded for easy field verification
3. Isolators should be selected in the range of -30% to +25% of rated load.


MODEL LOAD LOAD
(lbs) (lbs)
OSM-2-140 132 200
OSM-2-141 266 400
OSM-2-142 500 750
OSM-2-143 666 1000
OSM-2-144 952 1428
OSM-2-147 1906 2860
OSM-2-148A 2522 3784
OSM-2-140-146B 920 1380
OSM-2-141-146B 1036 1556
OSM-2-142-146B 1300 1952
OSM-2-143-146B 1466 2200
OSM-2-144-146B 1752 2628
OSM-2-147-146B 2706 4060
OSM-2-148A-146B 3322 4984
FEATURES
N.T.S. * Built-in leveling device
* Galvanized finish


MODEL LOAD LOAD
(lbs) (lbs)
OSM-4-140 264 400
OSM-4-141 532 800
OSM-4-142 1000 1500
OSM-4-143 1332 2000
OSM-4-144 1904 2856
OSM-4-147 3812 5720
OSM-4-148A 5044 7568
OSM-4-140-146B 1840 2760
OSM-4-141-146B 2072 3112
OSM-4-142-146B 2600 3904
OSM-4-143-146B 2932 4400
OSM-4-144-146B 3504 5256
OSM-4-147-146B 5412 8120
OSM-4-148A-146B 6644 9968
FEATURES
* Galvanized finish


MODEL LOAD LOAD
(lbs) (lbs)
OSM-1-181 86 130
OSM-1-182 133 200
OSM-1-183 180 270
OSM-1-184 266 400
OSM-1-185 486 730
OSM-1-186 713 1070
OSM-1-187 926 1390
OSM-1-181-199 593 890
OSM-1-182-199 633 950
OSM-1-183-199 683 1025
OSM-1-184-199 783 1175
OSM-1-185-199 933 1400
OSM-1-186-199 1233 1850
OSM-1-187-199 1460 2190
FEATURES
* Galvanized finish


MODEL LOAD LOAD
(lbs) (lbs)
OSM-2-181 172 260
OSM-2-182 266 400
OSM-2-183 360 540
OSM-2-184 532 800
OSM-2-185 972 1460
OSM-2-186 1426 2140
OSM-2-187 1852 2780
OSM-2-181-199 1186 1780
OSM-2-182-199 1266 1900
OSM-2-183-199 1366 2050
OSM-2-184-199 1566 2350
OSM-2-185-199 1866 2800
OSM-2-186-199 2466 3700
OSM-2-187-199 2920 4380
FEATURES
* Galvanized finish


MODEL LOAD LOAD
(lbs) (lbs)
OSM-4-181 344 520
OSM-4-182 532 800
OSM-4-183 720 1080
OSM-4-184 1064 1600
OSM-4-185 1944 2920
OSM-4-186 2852 4280
OSM-4-187 3704 5560
OSM-4-181-199 2372 3560
OSM-4-182-199 2532 3800
OSM-4-183-199 2732 4100
OSM-4-184-199 3132 4700
OSM-4-185-199 3732 5600
OSM-4-186-199 4932 7400
OSM-4-187-199 5840 8760
FEATURES
* Galvanized finish


MODEL LOAD LOAD
(lbs) (lbs)
OSM-1A-121 40 60
OSM-1A-122 66 100
OSM-1A-123 110 165
OSM-1A-124 173 260
OSM-1A-125 246 370
OSM-1A-126 300 450
OSM-1A-127 560 840
FEATURES
* Galvanized finish
N.T.S.
NOTES
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : OSM-1A Drawing no.


MODEL LOAD LOAD
(lbs) (lbs)
OSM-1B-150 83 125
OSM-1B-151 150 225
OSM-1B-152 216 325
OSM-1B-153 300 450
OSM-1B-154 400 600
OSM-1B-155 500 750
OSM-1B-156 600 900
OSM-1B-157 733 1100
OSM-1B-158 1200 1800
OSM-1B-159 1666 2500
OSM-1B-150-161 481 722
OSM-1B-151-161 532 799
OSM-1B-152-161 597 896
OSM-1B-153-161 666 1000
OSM-1B-154-161 750 1125
OSM-1B-155-161 871 1307
OSM-1B-156-161 1016 1525
N.T.S. OSM-1B-157-161 1108 1663
OSM-1B-158-161 1616 2425
OSM-1B-159-161 2083 3125
NOTES FEATURES
* Galvanized finish
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : OSM-1B Drawing no.


MODEL LOAD LOAD
(lbs) (lbs)
OSM-1C-140 66 100
OSM-1C-141 133 200
OSM-1C-142 250 375
OSM-1C-143 333 500
OSM-1C-144 476 714
OSM-1C-147 953 1430
OSM-1C-148A 1261 1892
OSM-1C-140-146B 460 690
OSM-1C-141-146B 518 778
OSM-1C-142-146B 650 976
OSM-1C-143-146B 733 1100
OSM-1C-144-146B 876 1314
OSM-1C-147-146B 1353 2030
OSM-1C-148A-146B 1661 2492
FEATURES
* Galvanized finish
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : OSM-1C Drawing no.


MODEL LOAD LOAD
(lbs) (lbs)
RSM-1-150 83 125
RSM-1-151 150 225
RSM-1-152 216 325
RSM-1-153 300 450
RSM-1-154 400 600
RSM-1-155 500 750
RSM-1-156 600 900
RSM-1-157 733 1100
RSM-1-158 1200 1800
RSM-1-159 1666 2500
RSM-1-150-161 481 722
RSM-1-151-161 532 799
RSM-1-152-161 597 896
RSM-1-153-161 666 1000
RSM-1-154-161 750 1125
RSM-1-155-161 871 1307
RSM-1-156-161 1016 1525
N.T.S. RSM-1-157-161 1108 1663
RSM-1-158-161 1616 2425
RSM-1-159-161 2083 3125
NOTES FEATURES
TM
1. Isolators have a min. operating Kx/Ky ratio of 1.0 * RESTRICTO assembly limits vertical movement
2. Springs have 50% additional travel to solid beyond rated load. due to reduced loads or external forces (wind loads)
3. Isolators should be selected in the range of -30% to +25% of rated load. * Large diameter laterally stable springs
4. Adjust RESTRICTOTM assembly vertical limiting nuts as per clearance levels * Welded construction
specified by project engineer. (standard: 1/4" maximum: 1/2") * Anti-skid elastomeric acoustical pad
* Elastomeric 'non-shortcircuiting' grommets
* Galvanized finish
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : RSM-1 Drawing no.
Client : Restrained Spring Mount S-2075.01

MODEL LOAD LOAD
(lbs) (lbs)
RSM-2-150 166 250
RSM-2-151 300 450
RSM-2-152 432 650
RSM-2-153 600 900
RSM-2-154 800 1200
RSM-2-155 1000 1500
RSM-2-156 1200 1800
RSM-2-157 1466 2200
RSM-2-158 2400 3600
RSM-2-159 3332 5000
RSM-2-150-161 962 1444
RSM-2-151-161 1064 1598
RSM-2-152-161 1194 1792
RSM-2-153-161 1332 2000
RSM-2-154-161 1500 2250
RSM-2-155-161 1742 2614
RSM-2-156-161 2032 3050
RSM-2-157-161 2216 3326
N.T.S. RSM-2-158-161 3232 4850
RSM-2-159-161 4166 6250
NOTES FEATURES
TM
* Galvanized finish

MODEL LOAD LOAD
(lbs) (lbs)
RSM-4-150 332 500
RSM-4-151 600 900
RSM-4-152 864 1300
RSM-4-153 1200 1800
RSM-4-154 1600 2400
RSM-4-155 2000 3000
RSM-4-156 2400 3600
RSM-4-157 2932 4400
RSM-4-158 4800 7200
RSM-4-159 6664 10000
RSM-4-150-161 1924 2888
RSM-4-151-161 2128 3196
RSM-4-152-161 2388 3584
RSM-4-153-161 2664 4000
RSM-4-154-161 3000 4500
RSM-4-155-161 3484 5228
RSM-4-156-161 4064 6100
RSM-4-157-161 4432 6652
N.T.S. RSM-4-158-161 6464 9700
RSM-4-159-161 8332 12500
NOTES FEATURES
TM
* Galvanized finish

MODEL LOAD LOAD
(lbs) (lbs)
RSM-1-140 66 100
RSM-1-141 133 200
RSM-1-142 250 375
RSM-1-143 333 500
RSM-1-144 476 714
RSM-1-147 953 1430
RSM-1-148A 1261 1892
RSM-1-140-146B 460 690
RSM-1-141-146B 518 778
RSM-1-142-146B 650 976
RSM-1-143-146B 733 1100
RSM-1-144-146B 876 1314
RSM-1-147-146B 1353 2030
RSM-1-148A-146B 1661 2492
FEATURES
TM
* RESTRICTO assembly limits vertical movement
due to reduced loads or external forces (wind loads)
N.T.S. * Welded construction
NOTES * Mounting holes furnished as standard
1. Isolators have a min. operating Kx/Ky ratio of 1.0 * Galvanized finish
2. Springs have 50% additional travel to solid beyond rated load. * Elastomeric 'non-shortcircuiting' grommets
3. Isolators should be selected in the range of -30% to +25% of rated load. * High deflection, low natural frequency
4. Adjust RESTRICTOTM assembly vertical limiting nuts as per clearance levels * Spring elements color-coded for easy field verification
specified by project engineer. (standard: 1/4" maximum: 1/2")


MODEL LOAD LOAD
(lbs) (lbs)
RSM-2-140 132 200
RSM-2-141 266 400
RSM-2-142 500 750
RSM-2-143 666 1000
RSM-2-144 952 1428
RSM-2-147 1906 2860
RSM-2-148A 2522 3784
RSM-2-140-146B 920 1380
RSM-2-141-146B 1036 1556
RSM-2-142-146B 1300 1952
RSM-2-143-146B 1466 2200
RSM-2-144-146B 1752 2628
RSM-2-147-146B 2706 4060
RSM-2-148A-146B 3322 4984
FEATURES
TM
N.T.S. due to reduced loads or external forces (wind loads)


MODEL LOAD LOAD
(lbs) (lbs)
RSM-4-140 264 400
RSM-4-141 532 800
RSM-4-142 1000 1500
RSM-4-143 1332 2000
RSM-4-144 1904 2856
RSM-4-147 3812 5720
RSM-4-148A 5044 7568
RSM-4-140-146B 1840 2760
RSM-4-141-146B 2072 3112
RSM-4-142-146B 2600 3904
RSM-4-143-146B 2932 4400
RSM-4-144-146B 3504 5256
RSM-4-147-146B 5412 8120
RSM-4-148A-146B 6644 9968
FEATURES
TM


MODEL LOAD LOAD
(lbs) (lbs)
RSM-1-181 86 130
RSM-1-182 133 200
RSM-1-183 180 270
RSM-1-184 266 400
RSM-1-185 486 730
RSM-1-186 713 1070
RSM-1-187 926 1390
RSM-1-181-199 593 890
RSM-1-182-199 633 950
RSM-1-183-199 683 1025
RSM-1-184-199 783 1175
RSM-1-185-199 933 1400
RSM-1-186-199 1233 1850
RSM-1-187-199 1460 2190
FEATURES
TM


MODEL LOAD LOAD
(lbs) (lbs)
RSM-2-181 172 260
RSM-2-182 266 400
RSM-2-183 360 540
RSM-2-184 532 800
RSM-2-185 972 1460
RSM-2-186 1426 2140
RSM-2-187 1852 2780
RSM-2-181-199 1186 1780
RSM-2-182-199 1266 1900
RSM-2-183-199 1366 2050
RSM-2-184-199 1566 2350
RSM-2-185-199 1866 2800
RSM-2-186-199 2466 3700
RSM-2-187-199 2920 4380
FEATURES
TM
N.T.S. due to reduced loads or external forces (wind loads)


MODEL LOAD LOAD
(lbs) (lbs)
RSM-4-181 344 520
RSM-4-182 532 800
RSM-4-183 720 1080
RSM-4-184 1064 1600
RSM-4-185 1944 2920
RSM-4-186 2852 4280
RSM-4-187 3704 5560
RSM-4-181-199 2372 3560
RSM-4-182-199 2532 3800
RSM-4-183-199 2732 4100
RSM-4-184-199 3132 4700
RSM-4-185-199 3732 5600
RSM-4-186-199 4932 7400
RSM-4-187-199 5840 8760
FEATURES
TM

Spring
Hangers

MODEL LOAD LOAD
(lbs) (lbs)
HSA-121 40 60
HSA-122 66 100
HSA-123 110 165
HSA-124 173 260
HSA-125 246 370
HSA-126 300 450
HSA-127 560 840
FEATURES
* Load distribution steel washer
N.T.S.
NOTES
4. Nuts, washers & rods by others.
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : HSA Drawing no.

Client : Spring Hanger S-2100.01

MODEL LOAD LOAD
(lbs) (lbs)
HSB-101 56 85
HSB-102 76 115
HSB-103 113 170
HSB-104 150 225
HSB-105 216 325
HSB-106 300 450
HSB-107 400 600
HSB-108 500 750
HSB-109 600 900
HSB-110 733 1100
HSB-111 866 1300
HSB-112 1000 1500
HSB-101-113 507 761
HSB-102-113 526 789
HSB-103-113 554 831
Not applicable with booster springs HSB-104-113 582 874
HSB-105-113 647 971
N.T.S. HSB-106-113 716 1075
HSB-107-113 800 1200
NOTES HSB-108-113 921 1382
1. Springs have 50% additional travel to solid beyond rated load. HSB-109-113 1066 1600
2. Isolators should be selected in the range of -30% to +25% of rated load. HSB-110-113 1106 1660
3. Consult spring chart for isolator performance data. HSB-111-113 1240 1860
4. Nuts, washers & rods by others. HSB-112-113 1466 2200
FEATURES
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : HSB Drawing no.


MODEL LOAD LOAD
(lbs) (lbs)
HSD-150 83 125
HSD-151 150 225
HSD-152 216 325
HSD-153 300 450
HSD-154 400 600
HSD-155 500 750
HSD-156 600 900
HSD-157 733 1100
HSD-158 1200 1800
HSD-159 1666 2500
HSD-150-161 481 722
HSD-151-161 532 799
HSD-152-161 597 896
HSD-153-161 666 1000
HSD-154-161 750 1125
Not applicable with booster springs HSD-155-161 871 1307
HSD-156-161 1016 1525
N.T.S. HSD-157-161 1108 1663
HSD-158-161 1616 2425
NOTES HSD-159-161 2083 3125
2. Isolators should be selected in the range of -30% to +25% of rated load. FEATURES
3. Consult spring chart for isolator performance data. * Spring elements color-coded for easy field verification
4. Nuts, washers & rods by others. * Load distribution steel washer
5. Contact factory for optional drilling to accept larger hanger rod sizes.
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : HSD Drawing no.


MODEL LOAD LOAD
(lbs) (lbs)
HSF-041 19 29
HSF-042 34 52
HSF-043 57 86
HSF-044 76 115
HSF-045 148 222
FEATURES
N.T.S.
NOTES
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : HSF Drawing no.


MODEL LOAD LOAD
(lbs) (lbs)
HSB-140 66 100
HSB-141 133 200
HSB-142 250 375
HSB-143 333 500
HSB-144 476 714
HSB-147 953 1430
HSB-148A 1261 1892
HSB-140-146B 460 690
HSB-141-146B 518 778
HSB-142-146B 650 976
HSB-143-146B 733 1100
HSB-144-146B 876 1314
HSB-147-146B 1353 2030
HSB-148A-146B 1661 2492
Not applicable with booster springs
FEATURES
N.T.S. * High deflection, low natural frquency
NOTES
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : HSB Drawing no.


MODEL LOAD LOAD
(lbs) (lbs)
HSS-021 20 30
HSS-022 44 66
HSS-023 70 105
HSS-024 100 150
FEATURES
N.T.S.
NOTES
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : HSS Drawing no.

Consultant : (0.75" deflection)

MODEL LOAD LOAD
(lbs) (lbs)
HSE-181 86 130
HSE-182 133 200
HSE-183 180 270
HSE-184 266 400
HSE-185 486 730
HSE-186 713 1070
HSE-187 926 1390
HSE-181-199 593 890
HSE-182-199 633 950
HSE-183-199 683 1025
HSE-184-199 783 1175
HSE-185-199 933 1400
HSE-186-199 1233 1850
HSE-187-199 1460 2190
Not applicable with booster springs
FEATURES
N.T.S. * High deflection, low natural frquency
NOTES
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : HSE Drawing no.

Rubber Mounts
& Pads
MODEL SIZE
(inches)
CRMP 181801 18" x 18" x 1"
CRMP 121201 12" x 12" x 1"
CRMP 080801 8" x 8" x 1"
CRMP 060601 6" x 6" x 1"
CRMP 040401 4" x 4" x 1"
CRMP 030301 3" x 3" x 1"
CRMP 020201 2" x 2" x 1"
CRMP 181802 18" x 18" x 2"
CRMP 121202 12" x 12" x 2"
CRMP 080802 8" x 8" x 2"
CRMP 060602 6" x 6" x 2"
CRMP 040402 4" x 4" x 2"
APPLICATION CRMP 030302 3" x 3" x 2"
* Wherever bolting is to be avoided and minor, non-critical vibration conditions exist. CRMP 020202 2" x 2" x 2"
(pumps, motors, airconditioning units, generators etc.) CRMP SSSSSS SPECIAL (contact factory)
* Recommended for acoustic problem applications.
NOTES
1. Material: Special Rubber + Low-Density Cork + Special Rubber
2. Maximum loading: 60 lbs/sq.in.
3. Working range: 15 to 55 lbs/sq.in.
FEATURES
* Alternate High-Low Rib construction.
* Excellent sound attenuation capability.
* No bolting required.
* Simple field installation.
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : CRMP Drawing no.

Client : Cork-Rubber Mounting Pad S-2200.01
Consultant :
MODEL SIZE
(inches)
RMP 181838 18" x 18" x 3/8"
RMP 121238 12" x 12" x 3/8"
RMP 080838 8" x 8" x 3/8"
RMP 060638 6" x 6" x 3/8"
RMP 040438 4" x 4" x 3/8"
RMP 030338 3" x 3" x 3/8"
RMP 020238 2" x 2" x 3/8"
RMP SSSS38 SPECIAL (contact factory)
APPLICATION
* Wherever bolting is to be avoided and minor, non-critical vibration conditions exist.
(pumps, motors, airconditioning units, generators etc.)
NOTES
1. Material: Special Rubber
FEATURES
* Alternate High-Low Rib construction.
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : RMP Drawing no.

Client : Rubber Mounting Pad S-2200.11
Consultant :
Plan view Expanded Iso view MODEL SIZE

(inches)
ECRMP 181834 18" x 18" x 3/4"
ECRMP 121234 12" x 12" x 3/4"
ECRMP 101034 10" x 10" x 3/4"
ECRMP 080834 8" x 8" x 3/4"
ECRMP 060634 6" x 6" x 3/4"
ECRMP 040434 4" x 4" x 3/4"
ECRMP 030334 3" x 3" x 3/4"
ECRMP 020234 2" x 2" x 3/4"
ECRMP 010134 1" x 1" x 3/4"
ECRMP SSSS34 SPECIAL (contact factory)
APPLICATION
* Wherever bolting is to be avoided and minor, non-critical vibration conditions exist.
(pumps, motors, airconditioning units, generators etc.)
NOTES
1. Material: High quality ozone and water resistant 55 duro elastomer blend
FEATURES
* "Waffle pad" design with inbuilt suction cups.
* "Easy-Cut" (by hand!) design allows flexibility of pad size to suit job site requirements.
* New 1" modules offer greater versatility to cut to exact size requirements to match equipment base
e.g. 2"x2", 3"x3", 2"x5" size pads etc.
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : ECRMP Drawing no.

Client : Easy-Cut Rubber S-2200.21
Consultant : Mounting Pad
SRMP-2R SRMP-3R SRMP-2E SRMP-3E
APPLICATION
* Wherever bolting is to be avoided and minor, non-critical vibration conditions exist. MODEL SIZE
(pumps, motors, airconditioning units, generators etc.) (inches)
SRMP-2R 0606 6" x 6" x 13/16"
NOTES SRMP-2R 0404 4" x 4" x 13/16"
1. Material: Special Rubber SRMP-2R 0303 3" x 3" x 13/16"
2. Maximum loading: 60 lbs/sq.in. SRMP-3R 0606 6" x 6" x 1 1/4"
3. Working range: 15 to 55 lbs/sq.in. SRMP-3R 0404 4" x 4" x 1 1/4"
SRMP-3R 0303 3" x 3" x 1 1/4"
FEATURES SRMP-2E 0606 6" x 6" x 1 9/16"
* Alternate High-Low rib construction or exclusive "waffle pad" design with inbuilt suction cups provide SRMP-2E 0404 4" x 4" x 1 9/16"
excellent gripping properties. SRMP-3E 0606 6" x 6" x 2 3/8"
* No bolting required. SRMP-3E 0404 4" x 4" x 2 3/8"
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : SRMP Drawing no.

Client : Steel-Rubber Mounting Pad S-2200.31
Consultant :
MODEL SIZE
(inches)
3RFP 181801 18" x 18" x 1"
3RFP 121201 12" x 12" x 1"
3RFP 080801 8" x 8" x 1"
3RFP 060601 6" x 6" x 1"
3RFP 040401 4" x 4" x 1"
3RFP 030301 3" x 3" x 1"
3RFP 020201 2" x 2" x 1"
3RFP 181802 18" x 18" x 2"
3RFP 121202 12" x 12" x 2"
3RFP 080802 8" x 8" x 2"
3RFP 060602 6" x 6" x 2"
APPLICATION 3RFP 040402 4" x 4" x 2"
* Wherever bolting is to be avoided and non-critical vibration conditions exist. 3RFP 030302 3" x 3" x 2"
(pumps, motors, airconditioning units, generators etc.) 3RFP 020202 2" x 2" x 2"
* Recommended for acoustic problem applications. 3RFP SSSSSS SPECIAL (contact factory)
* Suitable for outdoor use
NOTES
1. Material: Closed cell, chemically cross-linked high density rubber foam (with lower density center core).
FEATURES
* Higher deflection than conventional rubber-cork and all rubber pads.
* Closed cell construction with excellent sound attenuation capability
* No bolting required, simple field installation.
* Free from sulphur, halogens, formaldehydes, phthalates and other toxins.
* Excellent resistance to oil, water and ozone (recommended for outdoor use)
* Lifetime warranty against core separation.
* 100% surface contact with equipment.
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : 3RFP Drawing no.

Client : Green Triple-CoreTM S-2200.51
Consultant : Rubber Foam Pad
ISOLATOR MAX. DEFLECTION ISOLATOR DIMENSIONS (inches) COLOR

MODEL LOAD A B C D E F G H
(lbs) (inches)
FMD-A-1 30 1/2 1 3/4 2 3/8 3 1/8 5/16 11/32 1 1/4 1 3/8 3/16 BLUE
FMD-A-2 40 1/2 1 3/4 2 3/8 3 1/8 5/16 11/32 1 1/4 1 3/8 3/16 RED
FMD-A-3 70 1/2 1 3/4 2 3/8 3 1/8 5/16 11/32 1 1/4 1 3/8 3/16 GREEN
FMD-A-4 115 1/2 1 3/4 2 3/8 3 1/8 5/16 11/32 1 1/4 1 3/8 3/16 BLACK
FMD-B-1 130 1/2 2 3/8 3 3 7/8 3/8 11/32 1 3/4 1 3/4 7/32 BLUE
FMD-B-2 165 1/2 2 3/8 3 3 7/8 3/8 11/32 1 3/4 1 3/4 7/32 RED
FMD-B-3 235 1/2 2 3/8 3 3 7/8 3/8 11/32 1 3/4 1 3/4 7/32 GREEN
FMD-B-4 375 1/2 2 3/8 3 3 7/8 3/8 11/32 1 3/4 1 3/4 7/32 BLACK
FMD-E-1 200 1/2 2 3/8 3 1/8 4 3/8 1/2 2 1 3/4 1/4 BLUE
FMD-E-2 300 1/2 2 3/8 3 1/8 4 3/8 1/2 2 1 3/4 1/4 RED
FMD-E-3 400 1/2 2 3/8 3 1/8 4 3/8 1/2 2 1 3/4 1/4 GREEN
FMD-E-4 500 1/2 2 3/8 3 1/8 4 3/8 1/2 2 1 3/4 1/4 BLACK
FMD-F-1 750 1/2 3 5/8 4 3/4 5 7/8 1/2 9/16 3 1/2 2 3/4 3/8 BLUE
FMD-F-2 1000 1/2 3 5/8 4 3/4 5 7/8 1/2 9/16 3 1/2 2 3/4 3/8 RED
FMD-F-3 1500 1/2 3 5/8 4 3/4 5 7/8 1/2 9/16 3 1/2 2 3/4 3/8 GREEN
FMD-F-4 2200 1/2 3 5/8 4 3/4 5 7/8 1/2 9/16 3 1/2 2 3/4 3/8 BLACK
NOTES N.T.S.
1. Models FMD-E and FMD-F have rectangular bases.
FEATURES
* Anti-skid top and bottom surfaces.
* Embedded steel plates for uniform loading.
* Oil + water resistant
* High deflection, low natural frequency
* Elements color-coded for easy field verification (Color coding can be by 'dot' or 'complete element' )
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : FMD Drawing no.

Client : Rubber-In-Shear Mount S-2225.01
Consultant : (Double deflection)
Rubber
Hangers

MODEL LOAD A B C D E
(lbs) (inches)
HND-A-1 30 2/5 3 1 3/8 2 2 1/4 3/8 BLUE
HND-A-2 40 2/5 3 1 3/8 2 2 1/4 3/8 RED
HND-A-3 70 2/5 3 1 3/8 2 2 1/4 3/8 GREEN
HND-A-4 115 2/5 3 1 3/8 2 2 1/4 3/8 BLACK
HND-B-1 165 1/2 4 1/2 1 7/8 2 1/4 3 1/2 BLUE
HND-B-2 235 1/2 4 1/2 1 7/8 2 1/4 3 1/2 RED
HND-B-3 375 1/2 4 1/2 1 7/8 2 1/4 3 1/2 GREEN
HND-B-4 545 1/2 4 1/2 1 7/8 2 1/4 3 1/2 BLACK
HND-C-3 745 1/2 6 3 1/8 3 1/2 4 1/2 GREEN
HND-C-4 1245 1/2 6 3 1/8 3 1/2 4 1/2 BLACK
HND-D-2 2240 1/2 6 3 1/8 4 4 1/2 5/8 RED
HND-D-3 3000 1/2 6 3 1/8 4 4 1/2 5/8 GREEN
HND-D-4 4000 1/2 6 3 1/8 4 4 1/2 5/8 BLACK
N.T.S
NOTES
1. Nuts, washer & rods by others.
2. Do not exceed maximum load by more than 5%
FEATURES
* Element incorporates projected collar to prevent metal to metal contact between rod and bracket.
* Oil + water resistant element
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : HND Drawing no.

Client : Rubber-In-Shear Hanger S-2300.01

MODEL LOAD A B C E H NH N NC
(lbs) (inches)
HNDE-A-1 30 2/5 BLUE
HNDE-A-2 40 2/5 RED
1 1/4 1 3/4 7/8 3/8 1 1/4 1 1/8 1 3/8 1 5/16
HNDE-A-3 70 2/5 GREEN
HNDE-A-4 115 2/5 BLACK
HNDE-B-1 165 1/2 BLUE
HNDE-B-2 235 1/2 RED
1 7/8 2 3/8 7/8 1/2 1 1/16 1 1/8 1 3/8 1 5/16
HNDE-B-3 375 1/2 GREEN
HNDE-B-4 545 1/2 BLACK
HNDE-C-3 745 1/2 GREEN
2 1/2 3 1/2 7/8 1/2 3 1/8 1 1/8 1 3/8 1 5/16
HNDE-C-4 1245 1/2 BLACK
HNDE-D-2 2240 1/2 RED
HNDE-D-3 3000 1/2 3 4 7/8 5/8 3 1/8 1 1/8 1 3/8 1 5/16 GREEN
HNDE-D-4 4000 1/2 BLACK
NOTES
FEATURES
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : HNDE Drawing no.

Client : Rubber-In-Shear Hanger Element S-2300.02

MODEL LOAD A B C D E
(lbs) (inches)
HN-A-1 250 1/4 2 3/4 15/16 2 2 1/4 1/2 BLACK
HN-A-2 450 1/4 2 3/4 15/16 2 2 1/4 1/2 GREEN
NOTES
3. To order element only specify model HNE instead HN
FEATURES
* Embedded steel plate for uniform loading.
N.T.S
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : HN Drawing no.

Client : Rubber-In-Shear Hanger S-2300.06
Consultant : (Single deflection)
ISOLATOR MAX. ISOLATOR DIMENSIONS (inches)

MODEL LOAD A B C
(lbs)
AVHM-50 110 0.43 0.73 1.28
AVHM-100 220 0.43 1.02 1.67
NOTES
2. Order by part no.: AVHM-xxx = complete mount
AVHME-xxx = element only
AVHMTC-xxx = top cup only
AVHMBC-xxx = bottom cup only
APPLICATIONS:
Direct on unit On channel / strut
CONSTRUCTION: Elastomer (neoprene+rubber) element between 2 load distribution plates.

SPECIAL FEATURE: Elastomer (neoprene+rubber) collar to prevent rod short circuiting.
SOUND LEVEL REDUCTION: Up to 17 dB (A)
RECOMMENDED USE: Can be used with threaded rods up to 3/8" (M10) for suspension of pipes, fans, fan coil units etc.
AVHME-xxx (element only) can be used for small floor mounted machines like rerigerator, dishwasher etc.
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : AVHM Drawing no.

Client : Anti-Vibration Hanger Mounts S-2300.11
Consultant :
ISOLATOR MAX. DEFLECTION COLOR

MODEL LOAD
(lbs) (inches)
HNW-1 65 1/5 RED
HNW-2 120 1/5 BLACK
HNW-3 200 1/5 BLUE
NOTES
FEATURES
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : HNW Drawing no.

Client : Rubber-In-Shear Hanger Element S-2300.21
ISOLATOR MAX. DEFLECTION ISOLATOR DIMENSIONS (inches) COLOR OPERATING

MODEL LOAD A B C D E LOAD RANGE
(lbs) (inches) (lbs)
APH-A-1 95 2/5 2.41 1.29 1.65 1.77 3/8 GREEN 0 to 85
APH-A-2 120 2/5 2.41 1.29 1.65 1.77 3/8 BLACK 86 to 108
APH-B-1 175 2/5 2.82 1.57 1.77 1.77 3/8 GREEN 109 to 157
APH-B-2 320 2/5 2.82 1.57 1.77 1.77 3/8 BLACK 158 to 288
NOTES
2. Select isolator within operating load range.
3. To order element only specify model APHE instead of APH
FEATURES
N.T.S
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : APH Drawing no.

Client : All-Purpose Hanger S-2300.31
NepSpring
Hangers
ISOLATOR RATED SOLID 'A' 'B' 'C'

MODEL LOAD LOAD
(lbs) (lbs) (inches) (inches) (inches)
HNSA-A3-121 40 60 1 1/4 3 3/8 3/8
HNSA-A4-122 66 100 1 1/4 3 3/8 3/8
HNSA-B1-123 110 165 1 3/4 3 3/8 1/2
HNSA-B2-124 173 260 1 3/4 3 3/8 1/2
HNSA-B3-125 246 370 1 3/4 3 3/8 1/2
HNSA-B3-126 300 450 1 3/4 3 3/8 1/2
HNSA-B4-127 466 700 1 3/4 3 3/8 1/2
HNSA-A3-101 56 85 1 1/4 4 5/8 3/8
HNSA-A4-102 76 115 1 1/4 4 5/8 3/8
HNSA-B1-103 113 170 1 3/4 4 5/8 1/2
HNSA-B2-104 150 225 1 3/4 4 5/8 1/2
HNSA-B3-105 216 325 1 3/4 4 5/8 1/2
HNSA-B3-106 300 450 1 3/4 4 5/8 1/2
HNSA-B3-107 400 600 1 3/4 4 5/8 1/2
FEATURES
X=46° for springs 121 to 127 * Load distribution steel washer
X=28° for springs 101 to 107 N.T.S. * Embedded steel plates in rubber element for uniform loading.
* Oil + water resistant rubber element
NOTES * Spring / Rubber elements color-coded for easy field verification
1. Springs have 50% additional travel to solid beyond rated load. (Rubber element color coding can be by 'dot' or 'complete element' )
2. Isolators should be selected in the range of -30% to +25% of rated load. * Rubber element incorporates projected collar to prevent
3. Consult spring chart for isolator performance data. metal to metal contact between rod and bracket.
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : HNSA Drawing no.

Client : Neo-SpringTM Hanger S-2400.01

MODEL LOAD LOAD
(lbs) (lbs)
HNSB-C3-108 500 750
HNSB-C3-109 600 900
HNSB-C4-110 733 1100
HNSB-C4-111 866 1300
HNSB-C4-112 1000 1500
HNSB-C3-101-113 507 761
HNSB-C3-102-113 526 789
HNSB-C3-103-113 554 831
HNSB-C3-104-113 582 874
HNSB-C4-105-113 647 971
HNSB-C4-106-113 716 1075
HNSB-C4-107-113 800 1200
HNSB-C4-108-113 921 1382
HNSB-D2-109-113 1066 1600
HNSB-D2-110-113 1106 1660
HNSB-D2-111-113 1240 1860
Not applicable with booster springs HNSB-D2-112-113 1466 2200
N.T.S.
FEATURES
NOTES * Load distribution steel washer
1. Springs have 50% additional travel to solid beyond rated load. * Embedded steel plates in rubber element for uniform loading.
2. Isolators should be selected in the range of -30% to +25% of rated load. * Oil + water resistant rubber element
3. Consult spring chart for isolator performance data. * Spring / Rubber elements color-coded for easy field verification
(Rubber element color coding can be by 'dot' or 'complete element' )
* Rubber element incorporates projected collar to prevent
metal to metal contact between rod and bracket.
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : HNSB Drawing no.

ISOLATOR RATED SOLID 'A'

MODEL LOAD LOAD
(lbs) (lbs) (inches)
HNSD-A4-150 83 125 1 1/4
HNSD-B2-151 150 225 1 3/4
HNSD-B3-152 216 325 1 3/4
HNSD-B3-153 300 450 1 3/4
HNSD-B4-154 400 600 1 3/4
FEATURES
* Embedded steel plates in rubber element for uniform loading.
* Spring / Rubber elements color-coded for easy field verification
(Rubber element color coding can be by 'dot' or 'complete element' )
N.T.S.
NOTES
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : HNSD Drawing no.


MODEL LOAD LOAD
HNSE-C3-155 500 750 3
HNSE-C3-156 600 900 3
HNSE-C4-157 733 1100 3
HNSE-D2-158 1200 1800 3
HNSE-D2-159 1666 2500 3
HNSE-C3-150-161 481 722 3
HNSE-C3-151-161 532 799 3
HNSE-C3-152-161 597 896 3
HNSE-C4-153-161 666 1000 3
HNSE-C4-154-161 750 1125 3
HNSE-C4-155-161 871 1307 3
HNSE-D2-156-161 1016 1525 3
HNSE-D2-157-161 1108 1663 3
HNSE-D2-158-161 1616 2425 3
HNSE-D3-159-161 2083 3125 3
Not applicable with booster springs FEATURES

N.T.S. * Load distribution steel washer
* Embedded steel plates in rubber element for uniform loading.
NOTES * Oil + water resistant rubber element
1. Springs have 50% additional travel to solid beyond rated load. * High deflection, low natural frequency
2. Isolators should be selected in the range of -30% to +25% of rated load. * Spring / Rubber elements color-coded for easy field verification
3. Consult spring chart for isolator performance data. (Rubber element color coding can be by 'dot' or 'complete element' )
4. Contact factory for optional drilling to accept larger hanger rod sizes. * Rubber element incorporates projected collar to prevent
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : HNSE Drawing no.


MODEL LOAD LOAD
(lbs) (lbs)
HNSF-HM-041 19 29
HNSF-HM-042 34 52
HNSF-HM-043 57 86
HNSF-HM-044 76 115
HNSF-HM-045 148 222
FEATURES
N.T.S.
NOTES
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : HNSF Drawing no.

ISOLATOR RATED SOLID 'B'

MODEL LOAD LOAD
HSB-HM-121 40 60 3 3/8
HSB-HM-122 66 100 3 3/8
HSB-HM-123 110 165 3 3/8
HSB-HM-124 173 260 3 3/8
HSB-HM-125 246 370 3 3/8
HSB-HM-126 300 450 3 3/8
HSB-HM-127 560 840 3 3/8
HSB-HM-101 56 85 4 5/8
HSB-HM-102 76 115 4 5/8
HSB-HM-103 113 170 4 5/8
HSB-HM-104 150 225 4 5/8
HSB-HM-105 216 325 4 5/8
HSB-HM-106 300 450 4 5/8
HSB-HM-107 400 600 4 5/8
HSB-HM-108 500 750 4 5/8
HSB-HM-109 600 900 4 5/8
X=46° for springs 121 to 127 HSB-HM-110 733 1100 4 5/8
X=28° for springs 101 to 112 N.T.S. HSB-HM-111 866 1300 4 5/8
HSB-HM-112 1000 1500 4 5/8
NOTES
1. Springs have 50% additional travel to solid beyond rated load. FEATURES
2. Isolators should be selected in the range of -30% to +25% of rated load. * Oil + water resistant rubber element
3. Consult spring chart for isolator performance data. * Rubber element incorporates projected collar to prevent
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : HSB-HM Drawing no.

ISOLATOR RATED SOLID 'A' 'B'

MODEL LOAD LOAD
(lbs) (lbs) (inches) inches
HNSSA-A1-121 40 60 15/16 3 3/8
HNSSA-A1-122 66 100 15/16 3 3/8
HNSSA-A1-123 110 165 15/16 3 3/8
HNSSA-A1-124 173 260 15/16 3 3/8
HNSSA-A2-125 246 370 15/16 3 3/8
HNSSA-A2-126 300 450 15/16 3 3/8
HNSSA-A2-127 466 700 15/16 3 3/8
HNSSA-A1-101 56 85 15/16 4 5/8
HNSSA-A1-102 76 115 15/16 4 5/8
HNSSA-A1-103 113 170 15/16 4 5/8
HNSSA-A1-104 150 225 15/16 4 5/8
HNSSA-A2-105 216 325 15/16 4 5/8
HNSSA-A2-106 300 450 15/16 4 5/8
HNSSA-A2-107 400 600 15/16 4 5/8
FEATURES
X=46° for springs 121 to 127 * Load distribution steel washer
X=28° for springs 101 to 107 N.T.S. * Embedded steel plates in rubber element for uniform loading.
NOTES * Spring / Rubber elements color-coded for easy field verification
1. Springs have 50% additional travel to solid beyond rated load. (Rubber element color coding can be by 'dot' or 'complete element' )
2. Isolators should be selected in the range of -30% to +25% of rated load. * Rubber element incorporates projected collar to prevent
3. Consult spring chart for isolator performance data. metal to metal contact between rod and bracket.
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : HNSSA Drawing no.


MODEL LOAD LOAD
HNSB-A4-140 66 100 1 1/4
HNSB-B1-141 133 200 1 3/4
HNSB-B3-142 250 375 1 3/4
HNSB-B4-143 333 500 1 3/4
HNSB-C3-144 476 714 3
HNSB-C4-147 953 1430 3
HNSB-D2-148A 1261 1892 3
HNSB-C3-140-146B 460 690 3
HNSB-C3-141-146B 518 778 3
HNSB-C4-142-146B 650 976 3
HNSB-C4-143-146B 733 1100 3
HNSB-C4-144-146B 876 1314 3
HNSB-D2-147-146B 1353 2030 3
HNSB-D2-148A-146B 1661 2492 3
FEATURES
Not applicable with booster springs * Load distribution steel washer
N.T.S. * Embedded steel plates in rubber element for uniform loading.
1. Springs have 50% additional travel to solid beyond rated load. * Spring / Rubber elements color-coded for easy field verification
2. Isolators should be selected in the range of -30% to +25% of rated load. (Rubber element color coding can be by 'dot' or 'complete element' )
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : HNSB Drawing no.


MODEL LOAD LOAD
(lbs) (lbs)
HSB-HM-140 66 100
HSB-HM-141 133 200
HSB-HM-142 250 375
HSB-HM-143 333 500
HSB-HM-144 476 714
HSB-HM-147 953 1430
FEATURES
N.T.S.
NOTES
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : HSB-HM Drawing no.


MODEL LOAD LOAD
HNSE-A4-181 86 130 1 1/4
HNSE-B1-182 133 200 1 3/4
HNSE-B2-183 180 270 1 3/4
HNSE-B3-184 266 400 1 3/4
HNSE-C3-185 486 730 3
HNSE-C4-186 713 1070 3
HNSE-C4-187 926 1390 3
HNSE-C3-181-199 593 890 3
HNSE-C4-182-199 633 950 3
HNSE-C4-183-199 683 1025 3
HNSE-C4-184-199 783 1175 3
HNSE-C4-185-199 933 1400 3
HNSE-D2-186-199 1233 1850 3
HNSE-D2-187-199 1460 2190 3
FEATURES
Not applicable with booster springs * Load distribution steel washer
N.T.S. * Embedded steel plates in rubber element for uniform loading.
1. Springs have 50% additional travel to solid beyond rated load. * Spring / Rubber elements color-coded for easy field verification
2. Isolators should be selected in the range of -30% to +25% of rated load. (Rubber element color coding can be by 'dot' or 'complete element' )
4. Contact factory for optional drilling to accept larger hanger rod sizes. metal to metal contact between rod and bracket.
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : HNSE Drawing no.

Expansion
Joints
MODEL SIZE LENGTH AXIAL AXIAL TRANSVERSE ANGULAR OPERATING BURST VACCUM TEMP.
(L) COMPRESSION ELONGATION DEFLECTION DEFLECTION PRESSURE PRESSURE RATING RANGE
(inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (deg) (psig) (psig) (inches Hg) (°F)
FCU-5 1/2 8 7/8 1/4 7/8 45° 150 700 16 14 - 221
FCU-7 3/4 8 7/8 1/4 7/8 45° 150 700 16 14 - 221
FCU-10 1 8 7/8 1/4 7/8 45° 150 700 16 14 - 221
FCU-12 1 1/4 8 7/8 1/4 7/8 45° 150 700 16 14 - 221
FCU-15 1 1/2 8 7/8 1/4 7/8 45° 150 700 16 14 - 221
FCU-20 2 8 7/8 1/4 7/8 45° 150 700 16 14 - 221 N.T.S.
NOTES MATERIALS (see figure)

1. Applicable fluids for standard construction: Water(cold, hot or sea), weak acids, alkalies, No. Description
compressed air etc. 1 Union - FB32 (threading available as
NPT/BSPT)
FEATURES 2 Reinforcing fabric - nylon
* Reduces noise and vibration transmission. 3 Elastomer - Synthetic Rubber
* Eliminates stress due to thermal expansion and piping misalignment.
* Double bellow design allows for greater axial, transverse, and angular movements.
* Precision molded of synthetic rubber.
* Nylon fabric re-inforcement
* Corrosion resistant materials
* Easy field installation
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : FCU Drawing no.

Client : Rubber Expansion Joints S-2500.01
Consultant : Double Bellow
Representative : Union Connection Rev. 2
(L) (D) (F) COMPRESSION ELONGATION DEFLECTION DEFLECTION PRESSURE PRESSURE RATING RANGE
(inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (deg) (psig) (psig) (inches Hg) (°F)
FCS-12 1 1/4 6 1.58 2.72 1/2 3/8 1/2 15° 215 700 29 14 - 240
FCS-15 1 1/2 6 1.58 2.72 1/2 3/8 1/2 15° 215 850 29 14 - 240
FCS-20 2 6 2.05 3.39 1/2 3/8 1/2 15° 215 850 29 14 - 240
FCS-25 2 1/2 6 2.68 4.18 1/2 3/8 1/2 15° 215 850 29 14 - 240
FCS-30 3 6 3.00 4.57 1/2 3/8 1/2 15° 215 850 29 14 - 240
FCS-40 4 6 4.06 5.91 5/8 3/8 1/2 15° 215 850 29 14 - 240
FCS-50 5 6 5.04 7.09 5/8 3/8 1/2 15° 215 850 29 14 - 240
FCS-60 6 6 5.99 8.23 5/8 3/8 1/2 15° 215 850 29 14 - 240
FCS-80 8 6 7.64 10.24 5/8 3/8 1/2 15° 215 850 29 14 - 240
FCS-100 10 8 9.85 12.60 3/4 1/2 3/4 15° 215 850 29 14 - 240
FCS-120 12 8 11.82 14.45 3/4 1/2 3/4 15° 215 850 29 14 - 240
FCS-140 14 8 12.60 16.07 3/4 1/2 3/4 15° 115 340 29 14 - 240
FCS-160 16 8 14.65 18.59 3/4 1/2 3/4 15° 115 340 29 14 - 240
FCS-180 18 8 16.34 20.56 3/4 1/2 3/4 15° 115 340 29 14 - 240
FCS-200 20 8 17.88 22.45 3/4 1/2 3/4 15° 115 340 29 14 - 240
FCS-240 24 10 22.45 27.40 3/4 1/2 3/4 15° 115 340 29 14 - 240 N.T.S.
* Ratings indicated above are for constant pressures at 100°F. For pulsating pressures us 1/2 of rating, for surge pressures us 1/6 of rating. For higher temperatures applications contact factory.

1. Applicable fluids for standard construction: Water (cold/hot/sea), weak acids, alkalies, compressed air etc. No. Description
2. Floating flange drilling standard as per customers requirement. (ANSI, BS, DIN, JIS) 1 Flange - galvanised steel (drilling
3. Control units are recommended for unanchored systems. available as per ANSI/BS/DIN/JIS)
4. Expansion joints must be installed per FSA technical handbook guidelines and control units must be 2 Wire - carbon steel wire strand
installed if system pressure (test/surge/operating) exceeds the ratings below to prevent voiding warranty. 3 Elastomer - EPDM
Upto 4": 150psig. 5" thru 10": 135psig. 12" thru 14": 90psig. 14" and higher: 45psig. 4 Reinforcing fabric - synthetic fiber
FEATURES
* Reduces noise and vibration transmission. * Nylon fabric re-inforcement
* Eliminates stress due to thermal expansion and piping misalignment. * Corrosion resistant materials
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : FCS Drawing no.

Consultant : Single Bellow
Representative : Flange Connection Rev. 1
(L) (D) (F) COMPRESSION ELONGATION DEFLECTION DEFLECTION PRESSURE PRESSURE RATING RANGE
(inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (deg) (psig) (psig) (inches Hg) (°F)
FCT-15 1 1/2 7 1.58 2.72 2 3/4 1 3/4 35° 227 850 25 -4 to 212
FCT-20 2 7 2.05 3.39 2 3/4 1 3/4 35° 227 850 25 -4 to 212
FCT-25 2 1/2 7 2.68 4.18 2 3/4 1 3/4 35° 227 850 25 -4 to 212
FCT-30 3 7 3.00 4.57 2 3/4 1 3/4 35° 227 850 25 -4 to 212
FCT-40 4 9 4.06 5.91 2 1 1 1/2 35° 227 850 25 -4 to 212
FCT-50 5 9 5.04 7.09 2 1 1 1/2 35° 227 850 25 -4 to 212
FCT-60 6 9 5.99 8.23 2 1 1 1/2 35° 227 850 25 -4 to 212
FCT-80 8 13 7.64 10.24 2 1/4 1 1 1/4 30° 227 850 25 -4 to 212
FCT-100 10 13 9.85 12.60 2 1/4 1 1 1/4 30° 227 850 25 -4 to 212
FCT-120 12 13 11.82 14.45 2 1/4 1 1 1/4 30° 227 850 25 -4 to 212
FCT-140 14 14 12.60 16.07 1 1/2 3/4 1 1/4 20° 113 340 25 -4 to 212
FCT-160 16 14 14.65 18.59 1 1/2 3/4 1 1/4 20° 113 340 25 -4 to 212
FCT-180 18 14 16.34 20.56 1 1/2 3/4 1 1/4 20° 113 340 25 -4 to 212
FCT-200 20 14 17.88 22.45 1 1/2 3/4 1 1/4 20° 113 340 25 -4 to 212
FCT-240 24 14 22.84 27.17 1 1/2 3/4 1 1/4 20° 113 340 25 -4 to 212 N.T.S.

3. Control units are recommended for unanchored systems. available as per ANSI / BS / DIN / JIS)
4. Expansion joints must be installed per FSA technical handbook guidelines and control units must be 2 Wire - hard steel wire
installed if system pressure (test/surge/operating) exceeds the ratings below to prevent voiding warranty. 3 Elastomer - EPDM
5 Root ring - steel wire
FEATURES
* Reduces noise and vibration transmission. * Precision molded of synthetic rubber.
* Eliminates stress due to thermal expansion and piping misalignment. * Nylon fabric re-inforcement
* Double bellows allow for greater axial, transverse, and angular movements. * Corrosion resistant materials
* External reinforcing root rings supplied as standard
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : FCT Drawing no.

Consultant : Double Bellow
Representative : Flange Connection Rev. 2
(F/F) COMPRESSIONELONGATION DEFLECTION DEFLECTION PRESSURE PRESSURE RATING RANGE
FCU-T-5 1/2 8 7/8 1/4 7/8 30° 232 725 15 14 - 158
FCU-T-7 3/4 8 7/8 1/4 7/8 30° 232 725 15 14 - 158
FCU-T-10 1 8 7/8 1/4 7/8 25° 232 725 15 14 - 158
FCU-T-12 1 1/4 8 7/8 1/4 7/8 35° 232 725 15 14 - 158
FCU-T-15 1 1/2 8 7/8 1/4 7/8 20° 232 725 15 14 - 158
FCU-T-20 2 8 7/8 1/4 7/8 15° 232 725 15 14 - 158
FCU-T-25 2 1/2 8.85 7/8 1/4 7/8 12° 232 725 15 14 - 158
FCU-T-30 3 9.05 7/8 1/4 7/8 10° 232 725 15 14 - 158
N.T.S.
1. Applicable fluids for standard construction: water(cold, hot or sea), weak No. Part Material
acids, alkalies, compressed air etc. 1,2 Flanges and Stainless Steel 201
2. Different elastomers are available for other fluids (e.g. oil). Contact factory Threaded union
for technical assistance. 3,4 Nuts and Bolts Zinc plated carbon steel
3. Threading standard as per customer specifications (NPT, BSPT) 5 Tube Synthetic Rubber
6 Reinforcing fabric Synthetic Fiber
FEATURES
* Reduces noise and vibration transmission.
* Synthetic fiber re-inforcement
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : FCU-T Drawing no.

Consultant : Double Bellow, Screwed Connection
FCU-TH-5 1/2 6.30 3/5 2/5 3/5 20° 355 1066 26 14 - 158
FCU-TH-7 3/4 6.30 3/5 2/5 3/5 20° 355 1066 26 14 - 158
FCU-TH-10 1 6.30 3/5 2/5 3/5 20° 355 1066 26 14 - 158
FCU-TH-12 1 1/4 8.35 3/5 2/5 4/5 30° 355 1066 26 14 - 158
FCU-TH-15 1 1/2 8.35 3/5 2/5 4/5 30° 355 1066 26 14 - 158
FCU-TH-20 2 8.78 3/5 2/5 4/5 30° 355 1066 26 14 - 158
N.T.S.
acids, alkalies, compressed air etc. 1,2 Flanges and Cast SUS 201
for technical assistance. 3 Nuts Zinc plated carbon steel
3. Threading standard as per customer specifications (NPT, BSPT) 4 Nuts Zinc plated carbon steel
5 Cover Synthetic Rubber
6 Bolts Zinc plated carbon steel
FEATURES 7 Tube Synthetic Fiber
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : FCU-TH Drawing no.

Client : High Pressure S-2500.11
Consultant : Rubber Expansion Joints
Representative : Double Bellow, Screwed Connection Rev. 1
MODEL SIZE LENGTH AXIAL AXIAL TRANSVERSE ANGULAR OPERATING TEMP.
(L) (D) (F) COMPRESSION ELONGATION DEFLECTION DEFLECTION PRESSURE RANGE
(inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (deg) (psi) (°F)
FCS-12-H 1 1/4 6.00 1.58 2.72 0.31 0.15 0.31 15° 362 14 - 194
FCS-15-H 1 1/2 6.00 1.58 2.72 0.31 0.15 0.31 15° 362 14 - 194
FCS-20-H 2 6.00 2.05 3.39 0.31 0.19 0.31 15° 362 14 - 194
FCS-25-H 2 1/2 6.00 2.68 4.18 0.47 0.23 0.39 15° 362 14 - 194
FCS-30-H 3 6.00 3.00 4.57 0.47 0.23 0.39 15° 362 14 - 194
FCS-40-H 4 6.00 4.06 5.91 0.70 0.39 0.47 15° 362 14 - 194
FCS-50-H 5 6.00 5.04 7.09 0.70 0.39 0.47 15° 362 14 - 194
FCS-60-H 6 6.00 5.99 8.23 0.70 0.39 0.47 15° 362 14 - 194
FCS-80-H 8 6.00 7.64 10.24 0.98 0.55 0.86 15° 362 14 - 194
FCS-100-H 10 8.00 9.85 12.60 0.98 0.55 0.86 15° 362 14 - 194
FCS-120-H 12 8.00 11.82 14.45 0.98 0.55 0.86 15° 362 14 - 194
FCS-140-H 14 8.00 12.60 16.07 0.98 0.62 0.86 15° 232 14 - 194
FCS-160-H 16 8.00 14.65 18.59 0.98 0.62 0.86 15° 232 14 - 194
FCS-180-H 18 8.00 16.34 20.56 0.98 0.62 0.86 15° 232 14 - 194
FCS-200-H 20 8.00 17.88 22.45 0.98 0.62 0.86 15° 232 14 - 194
FCS-240-H 24 10.00 22.45 27.40 0.98 0.62 0.86 15° 232 14 - 194 N.T.S.

installed if system pressure (test/surge/operating) exceeds the ratings below to prevent voiding warranty. 3 Elastomer - EDPM
FEATURES
* Withstands high pressure * Precision molded of synthetic rubber
* Reduces noise and vibration transmission * Nylon fabric re-inforcement
* Eliminates stress due to thermal expansion and piping misalignment * Corrosion resistant materials
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : FCS-H Drawing no.

Representative : Single Bellow, Flange Connection Rev. 3
MODEL SIZE LENGTH AXIAL AXIAL TRANSVERSE ANGULAR OPERATING TEMP.
(L) (D) (F) COMPRESSION ELONGATION DEFLECTION DEFLECTION PRESSURE RANGE
(inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (deg) (psi) (°F)
FCT-15-H 1 1/2 7 1.58 2.72 1 3/4 1 30° 355 14 - 170
FCT-20-H 2 7 2.05 3.39 1 3/4 1 30° 355 14 - 170
FCT-25-H 2 1/2 7 2.68 4.18 1 3/4 1 30° 355 14 - 170
FCT-30-H 3 7 3.00 4.57 1 3/4 1 30° 355 14 - 170
FCT-40-H 4 9 4.06 5.91 1 1/4 1 1 1/4 30° 355 14 - 170
FCT-50-H 5 9 5.04 7.09 1 1/4 1 1 1/4 30° 355 14 - 170
FCT-60-H 6 9 5.99 8.23 1 1/4 1 1 1/4 30° 355 14 - 170
FCT-80-H 8 13 7.64 10.24 1 1/2 1 1 3/8 30° 355 14 - 170
FCT-100-H 10 13 9.85 12.60 1 1/2 1 1 3/8 30° 355 14 - 170
FCT-120-H 12 13 11.82 14.45 1 1/2 1 1 3/8 30° 355 14 - 170 N.T.S.

installed if system pressure (test/surge/operating) exceeds the ratings below to prevent voiding warranty. 3 Elastomer - EDPM
5 Root ring - steel wire
FEATURES
* Withstands high pressure * Precision molded of synthetic rubber
* Reduces noise and vibration transmission * Nylon fabric re-inforcement
* Eliminates stress due to thermal expansion and piping misalignment * Corrosion resistant materials
* Double bellows allow for greater axial, transverse, and angular movements. * External reinforcing root rings supplied as standard
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : FCT-H Drawing no.

Representative : Twin Bellow, Flange Connection Rev. 1
FCU-SH-5 1/2 5.12 5/16 5/32 5/16 15° 355 1066 26 14 - 158
FCU-SH-7 3/4 5.12 5/16 5/32 5/16 15° 355 1066 26 14 - 158
FCU-SH-10 1 5.12 5/16 5/32 5/16 15° 355 1066 26 14 - 158
FCU-SH-12 1 1/4 5.35 5/16 5/32 5/16 15° 355 1066 26 14 - 158
FCU-SH-15 1 1/2 5.35 5/16 5/32 5/16 15° 355 1066 26 14 - 158
FCU-SH-20 2 5.98 5/16 5/32 5/16 15° 355 1066 26 14 - 158
N.T.S.
acids, alkalies, compressed air etc. 1,2 Flanges and Cast SUS 201
for technical assistance. 3 Nuts Zinc plated carbon steel
3. Threading standard as per customer specifications (NPT, BSPT) 4 Nuts Zinc plated carbon steel
5 Cover Synthetic Rubber
6 Bolts Zinc plated carbon steel
FEATURES 7 Tube Synthetic Rubber
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : FCU-SH Drawing no.

Representative : Single Bellow, Screwed Connection Rev. 1
FOR FCS SERIES FOR FCT SERIES

MODEL SIZE QTY MODEL SIZE QTY
(inches) (rods / joint) (inches) (rods / joint)

CRU-S-12 1 1/4 2 CRU-T-12 1 1/4 2
CRU-S-15 1 1/2 2 CRU-T-15 1 1/2 2
CRU-S-20 2 2 CRU-T-20 2 2
CRU-S-25 2 1/2 2 CRU-T-25 2 1/2 2
CRU-S-30 3 2 CRU-T-30 3 2
CRU-S-40 4 2 CRU-T-40 4 2
CRU-S-50 5 2 CRU-T-50 5 2
CRU-S-60 6 2 CRU-T-60 6 2
CRU-S-80 8 2 CRU-T-80 8 2
CRU-S-100 10 4 CRU-T-100 10 4 CONTROL ROD COMPOSITION
CRU-S-120 12 4 CRU-T-120 12 4 Element Quantity
CRU-S-140 14 4 CRU-T-140 14 4 Tie Rod 1
CRU-S-160 16 4 CRU-T-160 16 4 Gusset 2
CRU-S-180 18 4 CRU-T-180 18 4 Nuts 4
CRU-S-200 20 4 CRU-T-200 20 4 Steel washer 2
CRU-S-240 24 4 CRU-T-240 24 4 Rubber washer 2
APPLICATION
* To prevent an excessive extension or compression which could damage the expansion joint. Generally used when there are high pressure risks
(e.g. starting a pump…) or when wide temperature fluctuations occur.
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : CRU Drawing no.

Client : Control Rod Unit S-2500.91
Consultant :
Natural Urethane Neoprene Buna-N Chlorbutyl Hypalon* EPDM Viton*/ Teflon/ Buna-S/GRS RATING CODE
Elastomer Common Name
/Nitrile Fluorel** TFE/FEP A: Excellent
ANSI/ASTM D1418-77 NR/IR AU/EU CR NBR CIIR CSM EPDM FKM AFMU SBR B: Good
System/Atmospheric Fluid RATING C: Condition
Air B A A A A A A A A B --: No information
Alcohol A X A A A A A B A A
Ammonia-anhydrous X X A B A C A X A X
Aromatic Hydrocarbons X X X C X X X A A --
Benzene X X X X X X X A A X
Brake Fluid - automotive -- -- B C B B A X A A
Carbon Monoxide B A B A A A A A A B
Chlorine (wet) X X X X C C C A A X
Deionized Water A -- A B A -- -- -- A --
Diesel Oil X -- B A X B X A A X
Ethanol A X A A A A A B A A
Freon 12 B A A B B A B A A B
Freon 22 C X B X B A B X A C
Glycol A B A A A A A A A A
Helium A A A A A A A A A A
Kerosene X B B A X X X A A X
LPG X A B A X X X A A X
Methane X C B A X B X A A X
Milk (whole) B X A A A A A A A B
Nitrogen A A A A A A A A A A
Petroleum Oil Crude X B B A X C X A A X
Propane X C B A X B X A A X
Sewage C X B A B A B A A B
Steam (to 225ºF) X X C C B B A X A X
Steam (over 300ºF) X X X X X X C X A X
* Registered trademark of E.I. DuPont de Nemours & Co., Inc. ** Registered trademark of 3M Companies
The above chart is provided as a quick, general selection chart. Contact factory for fluids/materials not listed above and special application conditions.
For additional information, see "Technical Handbook Properties of Chemical Compatibilities and Elastomers for Seals" published by (Fluid Sealing Association).
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : Rubber Expansion Joint Drawing no.

Client : Elastomer Selection Guide S-2500.99
Consultant :
MODEL NOMINAL BORE TOTAL LENGTH BELLOWS AXIAL MAX. LATERAL OPERATING TEMP.
O.D. MOVEMENT OFFSET PRESSURE RANGE
(inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (psi) (°F)

JF-500-T-5 1/2 10 0.73 ± 0.60 .78 300 -122 to +780
JF-500-T-7 3/4 10 1.00 ± 0.60 .78 300 -122 to +780
JF-500-T-10 1 10 1.52 ± 0.60 .78 300 -122 to +780
JF-500-T-12 1 1/4 10 1.83 ± 0.60 .70 300 -122 to +780 N.T.S.
JF-500-T-15 1 1/2 12 2.22 ± 0.60 .62 300 -122 to +780
JF-500-T-20 2 12 2.76 ± 0.60 .59 300 -122 to +780

1. Pressure ratings indicated above are based 68°F ambient temperature. For elevated No. Item Description
temperature ratings, consult factory. 1 Bellows SUS304 (SUS316 optional)
2 Braids SUS304
APPLICATION 3 Tube end SUS304
* Vibration absorption and piping misalignment correction.
FEATURES
* Engineered bellow design ensures equal stress distribution through entire length.
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : JF-500-T Drawing no.

Client : Stainless Steel Expansion Joints S-2525.01
Consultant : Threaded Connection
MODEL NOMINAL BORE TOTAL LENGTH BELLOW AXIAL MAX. LATERAL OPERATING TEMP.

JF-500-20 2 6 2.75 ± 0.60 .59 150 -122 to +780
JF-500-25 2 1/2 6 3.40 ± 0.60 .55 150 -122 to +780
JF-500-30 3 6 3.99 ± 0.60 .47 150 -122 to +780
JF-500-40 4 6 5.03 ± 0.60 .39 150 -122 to +780
JF-500-50 5 6 6.16 ± 0.60 .31 150 -122 to +780
JF-500-60 6 6 7.22 ± 0.60 .23 150 -122 to +780
JF-500-80 8 8 9.21 ± 0.60 .31 150 -122 to +780
JF-500-100 10 8 11.37 ± 0.60 .23 150 -122 to +780
JF-500-120 12 8 13.42 ± 0.60 .19 150 -122 to +780
JF-500-140 14 8 15.43 ± 0.60 .19 150 -122 to +780
NOTES
1. Pressure ratings indicated above are based 68°F ambient temperature. For elevated
temperature ratings, consult factory. N.T.S.
APPLICATION MATERIALS (see figure)

* Vibration absorption and piping misalignment correction. No. Item Description
1 Bellows SUS304 (SUS316 optional)
FEATURES 2 Flange AISI 1015 (SUS304 optional)
* Reduces noise and vibration transmission. 3 Tie Rods S25C
* Eliminates stress due to thermal expansion and piping misalignment. 4 Gasket Rubber
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : JF-500 Drawing no.

Consultant : Flanged Connection
MODEL NOMINAL BORE TOTAL LENGTH BELLOW AXIAL MAX. LATERAL OPERATING TEMP.

JF-500-H-20 2 6 2.75 ± 0.60 .59 300 -122 to +780
JF-500-H-25 2 1/2 6 3.40 ± 0.60 .55 300 -122 to +780
JF-500-H-30 3 6 3.99 ± 0.60 .47 300 -122 to +780
JF-500-H-40 4 6 5.03 ± 0.60 .39 300 -122 to +780
JF-500-H-50 5 6 6.16 ± 0.60 .31 300 -122 to +780
JF-500-H-60 6 6 7.22 ± 0.60 .23 300 -122 to +780
JF-500-H-80 8 8 9.21 ± 0.60 .31 300 -122 to +780
JF-500-H-100 10 8 11.37 ± 0.60 .23 300 -122 to +780
JF-500-H-120 12 8 13.42 ± 0.60 .19 300 -122 to +780
JF-500-H-140 14 8 15.43 ± 0.60 .19 300 -122 to +780
NOTES
1. Pressure ratings indicated above are based 68°F ambient temperature. For elevated
temperature ratings, consult factory. N.T.S.
APPLICATION MATERIALS (see figure)

* Vibration absorption and piping misalignment correction. No. Item Description
1 Bellows SUS304 (SUS316 optional)
FEATURES 2 Flange AISI 1015 (SUS304 optional)
* Reduces noise and vibration transmission. 3 Tie Rods S25C
* Eliminates stress due to thermal expansion and piping misalignment. 4 Gasket Rubber
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : JF-500-H Drawing no.

Consultant : Flanged Connection
Representative : (High Pressure) Rev. 2
Floating
Floors
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : VFRM-16 Rollout Isolation Drawing no.

Client : Material with VFHP Pads at S-2600.01
Consultant : 16" center to center spacing
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : VFRM-24 Rollout Isolation Drawing no.

Client : Material with VFHP Pads at S-2600.02
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : High Load Pad Layout on Drawing no.
Client : VFRM-16 Rollout Material S-2600.06
Consultant : (16" spacing)
Client : VFRM-24 Rollout Material S-2600.07
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : VNRM-16 Rollout Isolation Drawing no.

Client : Material with VNHP Pads at S-2600.11
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : VNRM-24 Rollout Isolation Drawing no.

Client : Material with VNHP Pads at S-2600.12
Client : VNRM-16 Rollout Material S-2600.16
Client : VNRM-24 Rollout Material S-2600.17
Model VFHP isolators are a high density matrix of pre-compressed molded glass fibers;
individually coated with a flexible, moisture-impervious elastomeric membrane, and
designed to allow controlled air movement in the fiber media. The pumping action of air
between fibers provides viscous damping, reducing motion caused by transient shock and
vibration.
The annealed glass fibers of the isolation media are produced by a multiple flame
attenuation process which generates fibers having a modulus of elasticity of 10.5 million
PSI and nominal fiber diameters of less than 0.00027 inches. The matrix of glass leaf
springs is bonded at all fiber intersections with a water resistant binder during molding
under controlled heat and pressure. The material is then stabilized by 10 pre-compression
cycles to 3 times the maximum published load capacity for the media.
Model VFHP isolators uniquely allow a wide range of loading on a given isolator while
maintaining a constant natural frequency. They are also unique as a structural support in
that applied loads are substantially below pre-compression loads, thus providing 300% or
more overload safety factor. The result is permanent resiliency with constant natural
frequency. leaf springs of stabilized flexible moisture
glass fibers bonded to impervious membrane.
Model VFHP pads are non-corrosive, non-combustible, non-absorbent, and resists rust, each other with a water
ozone, mildew, and fungus. It is vermin, insect and rodent proof, will not shrink, swell, or resistant resin.
decompose. Isolation characteristics of the media are constant over a temperature range
of -40 °F to 250 °F
VFHP ISOLATOR DATA
Load range (lbs) 100 - 400

Static deflection (in.) 0.18 - 0.36
Natural Frequency (Hz) ~10.6
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : Model VFHP pad data Drawing no.
Client : S-2600.21
Consultant :
Model VNHP pad isolators are a manufactured from high grade neoprene. This material offers outstanding durability properties
(water / weather resistance), which are an important feature in floating floor applications, due to long service life requirements.
Neoprene also offers reliable and tested manufacturing flexibility, allowing isolator designs with natural frequencies of 8-10 Hz.
This is a critical feature of acoustical floating floor design, since the lowest humanly audible frequency is ~ 20 Hz, and to ensure that
all audible frequencies are isolated, the natural frequency of the isolators supporting the floating floor must be considerably below 20Hz.
ENVIRONMENTAL RESISTANCE VNHP ISOLATOR DATA
High temperature limit (°F) Load range (lbs) 80 - 300

Continuous 200 Static deflection (in.) 0.10 - 0.30
Intermittent 300 Natural Frequency (Hz) 10 .0 - 8.0
Low Temperature limit (°F) -40
Oil resistance Good * VNHP isolators have straight line deflection curves.
Flame resistance Good * Temporary loading may greatly exceed above ratings
Impact resistance Good without damage or permanent set.
Abrasion resistance Outstanding
Weather resistance Excellent
Ozone resistance Outstanding
Oxidation resistance Excellent
Water resistance Good
Acid resistance Good
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : Model VNHP pad data Drawing no.
Client : S-2600.26
Consultant :
ITEM SPECIFICATION PROPERTY

DIMENSIONS: VPPI-6 N/A 6 1/2" x 4'
VPPI-8 N/A 8 1/2" x 4'
VPPI-10 N/A 10 1/2" x 4'
VPPI-12 N/A 12 1/2" x 4'
CELL STRUCTURE N/A CLOSED-CELL EXPANDED POLYETYLENE
DENSITY (PCF) DOW CSP-3A 2.4
CELL SIZE ( MM AVERAGE) DOW FP-156 1/8" (3) = 1.0
1/4" (6) = 1.5
1/2" (12) = 1.7
COMPRESSIVE ASTM D-1621
DEFLECTION (PSI) @ 5% 2.5
@ 10% 3.0
@ 25% 6.0
@ 50% 15
COMPRESSION SET 50% COMPRESSION FOR 22 HRS. 15-20
( % ORIGINAL THICKNESS ) 24 HRS. RECOVERY PERIOD
TENSILE STRENGTH (PSI) ASTM D-1564 40
TENSILE ELONGATION (%) ASTM D-1564 50
TEAR STRENGTH (LBS. / IN. ) ASTM D-624 15
WATER ABSORPTION (% BY VOLUME) ASTM C-272 UNDER .5
WVTR (PERM. - IN.) ASTM C-355 .2
BUOYANCY (PCF) N/A 55
THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY DOW FP-4 1/8" (3) = .28
( BTU-IN./HR/ FT2 F ) 1/4" (6) = .30
1/2" (12) = .34
THERMAL STABILITY CONDITIONED @ SPECIFIED
( % SHRINKAGE ) TEMP. WITH NO LOAD
24 HRS. -.30 @ 180 °F (82.22 °C)
48 HRS. -1.50 @ 180 °F (82.22 °C)
* A SUPERIOR CUSHIONING MATERIAL * STRONG, TOUGH & LIGHT WEIGHT

* EXTREMELY SMOOTH, SOFT AND ATTRACTIVE * NON WATER-ABSORBENT
* AN EXCELLENT INSULATING MATERIAL * CHEMICAL, SOLVENT, AND WEATHER RESISTANT
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : Engineering Properties : Drawing no.

Client : VPPI-x Perimeter Isolating S-2600.51
Consultant : Board
MANUFACTURER : SIKA CHEMICAL

PRODUCT NAME : SIKA FLEX - 1a
BASE MATERIAL : POLYURETHANE
100% MODULOUS : 132 PSI (9.28 kgf/cm2) (73 AFTER 21 DAYS)
INITIAL CURE : TACK FREE IN 6 TO 8 HRS. (73 0F (22.78 0C)/50% RH)
FINAL CURE : 5 TO 8 DAYS
HARDNESS : 40 +5 (SHORE A)
ELONGATION : 700% AT BREAK ( ASTM D-412 )
TENSILE STRENGTH : 190 PSI (13.36 kgf/CM2) MAX. ELONGATION ( ASTM D-412 )
PEEL STRENGTH : 20 lbs. (9 kg) = O% ADHESION LOSS
WEATHERING : EXCELLENT
OZONE RESISTANCE : EXCELLENT
TEAR RESISTANCE : EXCEPTIONAL
RECOVERY : ABOVE 90%
SERVICE RANGE : -40 0F (4.44C) TO 150 0F (65.56C)
COVERAGE 30 ft. (9.15m) PER PACKAGE OF 4 "SAUSAGES"
SHELF LIFE OF VACUUM
SEALED POUCHES :
UNOPENED : 6 MONTHS WHEN STORED AT 70 0F (21.11 0C)
OPENED : 48 HRS. DEPENDING ON LOCATION
AND CLIMATE CONDITIONS
CONFORMS TO FEDERAL SPECIFICATION TT-S-00230C, TYPE II CLASS A

"SEALING COMPOUND, SYNTHETIC - RUBBER - BASE, SINGLE COMPONENT, CHEMICAL CURING"

Client : Perimeter Sealant S-2600.52
Consultant :
SIZE 17. Fl. OZ.

FEATURES FAST TACK, HIGH STRENGTH
METHYLENE CHLORIDE NONE
TYPE BOND TEMPORARY OR PERMANENT
COLOR TRANSLUCENT
SPRAY PATTERN FAN-LACE CONTROLLED
MAX. USE TEMPERATURE 130°F
1 SURFACE BONDS (ROOM TEMPERATURE) 15 SECONDS TO 2 HOURS
2 SURFACE BONDS (ROOM TEMPERATURE) 15 SECONDS TO 2 HOURS
INITIAL SHEAR STRENGTH 108
COVERAGE 50 FT²
APPLICATION INSTRUCTONS:
SHAKE WELL BEFORE USING. SPRAY 6 TO 8 INCHES FROM SURFACE, KEEPING THE CAN MOVING
TO AVOID A BUILD-UP ON THE SURFACE.

Client : Perimeter Adhesive S-2600.53
Consultant :
STRIKE FLOATING SLAB GRADE. NOTE: PERIMETER BOARD ROLLOUT ISOLATION MATERIAL LAY PLYWOOD POURING FORM
SET AND ADHERE PERIMETER FILLER STRIP MUST BE WITH MOUNTS AND ACOUSTIC SHEETS ON TOP OF ISOLATION
BOARDS TO ALL CURBS AND ON TOP WITH TEAR BLANKET. INSERT ADDITIONAL MOUNTS, STAGGERING JOINTS
PENETRATIONS. SLOT FACING TOWARDS MOUNTS FOR HIGH LOAD AREAS AND CONNECT EDGES USING
FLOOR TO BE POURED. AS DETAILED IN DRAWINGS. JUNCTION PLATES AND SCREWS
INSTALL TWO LAYERS OF POLY INSTALL REINFORCING RODS AFTER CONCRETE HAS CURED CAULK ALL JOINTS WITH
FILM OVER FLOOR. EXTEND UP AND POUR FLOATING SLAB REMOVE FILLER STRIP FROM PERIMETER SEALANT.
AND OVER PERIMETER CONCRETE. PERIMETER BOARD.
ISOLATION. SEAMS SHALL BE
OVERLAPPED 4" AND
CONTINUOUSLY TAPED TO
PREVENT AGAINST CONCRETE
LEAKAGE.
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : Rollout Floor System Drawing no.

Client : Installation Sequence S-2600.91
Consultant :
1. The lower member of the drain assembly is to be installed in the structural floor slab and
connected to the building services per conventional local practices
2. Ensure that all 5 parts of the upper member are assembled (the pipe, the lower housing,
the upper housing, the collar, and the grating). Ensure that the collar is fully collapsed
into the upper housing.
3. Using the desired thickness for the concrete portion of the floating slab as a working
dimension, measure from the top of the grating down to the lower housing neck and mark
the level at which the lower housing will penetrate the plywood. See the sketch below.
(Be sure to factor in the plywood thickness when determining this dimension.)
4. Measure the diameter of the lower housing neck at the level determined in step 3.
5. Determine the location of the drain on the surface of the plywood pouring form. Cut a
hole in the plywood at this location to the diameter determined in step 4.
6. Locate the plywood on the floating floor isolation pads and set the drain into the hole.
Recheck the vertical dimension between the top of the plywood sheet and the grating. If
it is high, slightly enlarge the diameter of the hole to allow the housing to sit down
further. If it is too low, lift and rotate the collar to the next higher step.
7. Verify that there is clearance between the pipe protruding from the bottom of the lower
housing and the inside of the lower member of the drain assembly.
8. Caulk or tape all gaps that may exist between the housing neck and the plywood and at all
potential leak joints between components of the upper member of the drain.
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : VID Isolated Drain Drawing no.

Client : Installation Instructions S-2600.92
Consultant :
SECTION @ WALL SECTION @ CURB
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : Rollout Floor System Drawing no.

Client : Section Details S-2600.93
Consultant :
Pipe
Accessories
FEMALE / FEMALE (F/F) FEMALE / MALE (F/M)
DESIGN THREAD SIZE DIMENSIONS (inches)

T a b c HEX A/F
F/F 1/4" 1.73 0.70 1.46 0.63
F/M 1/4" 2.01 0.70 1.46 0.63
F/F 3/8" 2.16 0.87 1.46 0.75
F/M 3/8" 2.56 0.87 1.46 0.75
F/F 1/2" 2.36 1.06 2.13 0.92
F/M 1/2" 2.76 1.06 2.13 0.92
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : Gauge Cock Drawing no.

Client : S-2700.01
Consultant :
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING MODEL # THREAD
CONNECTION (A)
VAV - 538 3/8"
VAV - 512 1/2"
VAV - 7 3/4"
VAV - 10 1"
* APPLICATION:
VAV AUTOMATIC AIRVENTS ARE DESIGNED FOR MAXIMUM OPERATING PRESSURE OF 10 BAR AND
MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE OF 120°C. WHENEVER AIR POCKETS ARE LIKELY TO OCCUR IN OPEN OR
CLOSED LIQUID FLOWING SYSTEM, INSTALLATION OF VAV AUTOMATIC AIRVENTS IS RECOMMENDED
FOR CONTINUOUS VENTING OF AIR.
* OPERATION:
WHEN AIR ACCUMULATES IN THE AIRVENTS, THEN THE FLOAT DESCENDS WITHIN THE BODY AND
ALLOWS AIR TO ESCAPE. WHEN THE AIR HAS ESCAPED LIQUID WILL ENTER THE AIRVENT RAISING
THE FLOAT WHICH SHUTS OFF AIR RELEASE VALVE. THE DESIGN OF THE AIR RELEASE VALVE,
MOUNTED ON TOP OF THE AIRVENT, MAKES LEAKAGE OF THE LIQUID ABSOLUTELY IMPOSSIBLE.
* CONSTRUCTION:
THE BODY IS MADE OF BRASS WITH 3/8", 1/2", 3/4", 1" THREADED CONNECTIONS OF SHUT-OFF VALVE.
OTHER PARTS ARE MADE OF PLASTIC AND CORROSION RESISTANT STEEL AS APPROPRIATE TO THEIR
FUNCTION.
* INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE:

INSTALL IN VERTICAL POSITION ONLY. BEFORE FILLING THE SYSTEM, OPEN THE CAP BY ONE OR TWO
TURNS. TO CLEAN THE INTERIOR WITHOUT DRAINING THE INSTALLATION, FOLLOWING STEPS SHOULD
BE FOLLOWED:
1. UNSCREW THE BODY FROM THE SHUT-OFF VALVE.
2. UNSCREW THE TOP METALLIC CAP & REMOVE O-RING.
3. REMOVE THE PLASTIC COVER WITH A POINTED OBJECT ALONG WITH MECHANISM AND FLOAT.
4. REMOVE FLOAT & SEAT ASSEMBLY FROM TOP PLASTIC COVER.
5. REMOVE & CLEAN FLOAT VALVE AND SEAT.
6. RE-INSTALL ALL THE ITEMS FOLLOWING REVERSE PROCESS EXPLAINED ABOVE.

Project : Title : AUTOMATIC AIRVENTS Drawing no.
Client : S-2700.06
Consultant :
MODEL NUMBER CONNECTION SIZE
TEST SIDE PROCESS SIDE
VTPT - 02 3/8" UNF 1/4" *
VTPT - 512 3/8" UNF 1/2" *
PLEASE SPECIFY PROCESS CONNECTION

THREADING STANDARD (NPT / BSP), AND
APPLICATION
* INSTANT ACCESS TO TEST TEMPERATURE AND / OR PRESSURE.
* INJECT OR TAKE SAMPLES OF GAS OR LIQUID FROM PIPE OR VESSEL WHILE UNDER PRESSURE.
* REDUCE NEED FOR COSTLY, PERMANENTLY INSTALLED GAUGES.
* CONDUCT TESTS AT SPECIFIC KEY LOCATIONS.
* BODY CONSTRUCTION : BRASS
* CORE CONSTRUCTION : NEOPRENE (FOR WATER AND AIR)

EPDM (FOR STEAM AND HIGH TEMPERATURE FLUID)
NITRILE RUBBER (FOR OIL)
* MAXIMUM OPERATING PRESSURE : 500 PSI (WATER)

250 PSI (STEAM)
* TEMPERATURE RANGE : -30°F TO 250°F
* APPLICATION : WATER, AIR, OIL AND STEAM
* INSTALLATION : USE FACTORY SUPPLIED WELDABLE STEEL SOCKET

(ACCESSORY) FOR INSTALLATION OF TEST PLUGS.

Project : Title : PRESSURE / TEMPERATURE Drawing no.
Client : TEST PLUG S-2700.16
Consultant :
Bottom Direct (BD) Bottom Surface (BS) Center Back Panel (CBP) Side Back Panel (SBP)
Center Back Direct (CBD) Center Back Bracket (CBB) Side Back Bracket (SBB)
* SPECIFICATIONS:
SIZE : 55MM, 68MM, 80MM, 100MM, 150MM
CASE : DRAWN STEEL STOVED ENAMELED BLACK
BEZEL : DRAWN STEEL STOVED ENAMELED BLACK / CHROME PLATED
SENSING ELEMENT : BOURDON 'C' SHAPED TUBE FOR RANGES UP TO 100KG/CM²
COIL SHAPED TUBE FOR HIGHER RANGES.
ELEMENT MATERIAL : BRASS / COPPER ALLOY
SOCKET : SECTIONAL BRASS
MOVEMENT : BRASS
DIAL : TIN / ALUMINUM
(WITH BLACK AND RED MARKINGS ON WHITE BACKGROUND)
POINTER : STEEL / ALUMINUM
(BLACK FOR MEASUREMENT, RED FOR SETTING)
WINDOW : CLEAR, PLAIN GLASS
JOINT : HARD SOLDERED / BRAZED
TEMP. RATING : 120°C
ACCURACY : ±2% OF F.S.D.
OVER RANGE PROTECTION : UP TO 160/KG/CM² 25% OF FULL SCALE
ABOVE 160 KG/CM² AND UP TO 600 KG/CM² 15% OF FULL SCALE
ABOVE 600 KG/CM² 10% OF FULL SCALE
PROCESS CONNECTION : 1/4", 3/8", 1/2" BSP(M) / NPT(M)
RANGE : 0-30 PSI, 0-60 PSI, 0-100 PSI, 0-150 PSI, 0-200 PSI
IN SINGLE / DUAL / TRIPLE SCALE.
COMBINATIONS OF PSI, BAR, KG/CM² OR OTHERS
OPTIONAL FEATURES:
SIZE : 200MM, 250MM, 300MM
CASE : DRAWN STEEL POWDER COATED, STAINLESS STEEL, BRASS,
CHROME PLATED BRASS
THREAD CONNECTION : 1/8" AND 1/4" NPT AND M12 X 1.5 THREADS IN 55M AND 68MM SIZES
1/4" AND 1/2" NPT AND M20 X 1.5 THREADS IN OTHER SIZES
ACCURACY : ±1% OF F.S.D.
ACCESSORIES : BUILT-IN DAMPENER, EXTERNAL ADJUSTABLE DAMPENER, GLYCERINE-
FILLED, 'U' / PIGTAIL SYPHON, GAUGE COCK
RANGE : NON-STANDARD RANGE ON REQUEST
SPECIAL APPLICATION GAUGES:

OXYGEN GAUGE, ACETYLENE GAUGE, AMMONIA GAUGE AND FREON GAUGE ON REQUEST

Project : Title : PRESSURE GAUGES Drawing no.
Client : S-2710.01
Consultant :
Material List
NO. PART NAME MATERIAL QTY
1 Body S.S. / Brass 1
2 Throttle Screw S.S. / Brass 1
3 Lock nut S.S. / Brass 1
4 Ball S.S. / Brass 1
5 Grub Screw Steel / Brass 1
6 Washer 1
7 O-ring Rubber 1
* All dimensions are in mm
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : Adjustable Pulsation Drawing no.

Client : Dampner S-2710.91
Consultant :
* SPECIFICATIONS:
TYPE : STRAIGHT / ANGLE 130° AND 90°
SCALE SIZE ('V' shape) : 5" (110MM), 6" (150MM), 8" (200MM) AND 9" (225MM)
STEM SIZE : 1 1/2" (40MM), 2 1/2" (63MM), 4" (100MM), 6" (150MM)
STEM DIA. : 0.4" (10MM)
PROCESS CONNECTION : 3/8", 1/2" B.S.P. (MALE / FEMALE)
SCALE : SINGLE (°C) / DUAL (°C & °F)
PRINTING : SCREEN PRINTED (°C IN BLACK & °F IN RED COLOR)
GLASS TUBE : PRISMATIC / ROUND GLASS TUBE FILLED WITH BLUE

OR RED ALCOHOL
GRADUATION : ENGRAVED IN BLACK
BODY MATERIAL : DIE CAST ALUMINUM WITH BRASS FINISH /

UN-BREAKABLE MOLDED 'ABS', WITH BRASS FINISH
STEM MATERIAL : BRASS, S.S. 304/316
RANGE : 0-50°c, 0-100°C, IN SINGLE/DUAL SCALE

OTHER RANGES ON REQUEST
* SPECIAL FEATURES:
A SOLID GLASS TUBE THERMOMETER WITH DEEPLY ENGRAVED GRADUATIONS IS FITTED IN TO THE
GROOVE OF CASING AND EMBEDDED IN BETWEEN ITS 2 INCLINING SIDE PIECES. ONE SIDE IS PROVIDED
WITH BLACK SCREEN PRINTED °C RANGE FIGURES AND THE OTHER SIDE WITH °F RANGE FIGURES. THE
THERMOMETER IS THOROUGHLY PROTECTED AGAINST EXTERNAL DAMAGES.
THE PRISMATIC CAPILLARY ENABLES A CLEAR READING EVEN FROM A DISTANCE.
THE SOLID AND FINISHED CASING IS MADE FROM ALUMINUM OR 'ABS' PLASTIC AND BRASS FINISHED
WITH ACID RESISTIVE PAINT. THE GLASS THERMOMETER IS RESTING ON A RUBBER WASHER AND IS
THEREFORE FREE FROM VIBRATIONS.
THE CHECK-NUT BETWEEN CASING AND STEM ENABLES THE INSTRUMENT TO BE TURNED TO ANY
DIRECTION.
* OPTIONAL FEATURES:
MERCURY FILLED GLASS CAPILLARY FOR HIGHER TEMPERATURES (UP TO 300°C), SPECIAL THREAD
SIZES OR TYPE OF CONNECTION, AND SPECIFIC MATERIAL OF STEM FOR CORROSIVE APPLICATION
CAN BE MADE TO ORDER.

Project : Title : THERMOMETERS Drawing no.
Client : S-2720.01
Consultant :
SPECIFICATION
Mounting Center Back Connection Direct Mounting
Bottom Connection Direct Mounting
Pointer Micrometer Zero Adjustment Pointer
Accuracy 1% of F.S.D.
Range -20°F (-30°C) to 120°F (50°C)
-20°F (-30°C) to 160°F (70°C)
30°F (0°C) to 130°F (55°C)
30°F (0°C) to 200°F (100°C)
30°F (0°C) to 240°F (120°C)
30°F (0°C) to 300°F (150°C)
30°F (0°C) to 400°F (200°C)
30°F (0°C) to 480°F (250°C)
MATERIAL OF CONSTRUCTION
Sensing Element Bi-Metal Helical Coil * All dimensions are in inches unless otherwise indicated
Case Stainless Steel DIMENSIONS
Brass Chrome-Plated Nominal Size (Ø A) 2 1/2", 3", 4"
Brass Stove Enameled Black Coated Immersion Length (L) 2 1/2", 3", 4", 6"
Bezel Stainless Steel Process Connection (B) 1/2" male (NPT / BSP)
Brass Chrome-Plated
Brass Stove Enameled Black Coated How to Order:
Window Acrylic VBMTG-(-40/120)-40-60
Shatter Proof Glass
Stem Brass (Natural Finish) Gauge type Immersion Length
Brass Chrome-Plated Range in °F 25 - 2 1/2"
Pocket Brass (Natural Finish) 30 - 3"
Brass Chrome-Plated 40 - 4"
Stainless Steel 304 / 316 60 - 6"
Nominal Size
NOTES: 25 - 2 1/2"
1. Data in bold is standard construction. 30 - 3"
* Specify mounting style + optional construction (if required) when ordering.
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : Bi-Metal Drawing no.

Client : Temperature Gauges S-2720.21
Consultant :
Pipe
Supports
MODEL PIPE PART DIMENSIONS (inches) MAX.

SIZE A B C D H LOAD
(inches) (lbs)
SCH-5-P/G 1/2 3/8 2 7/162 1 1/8 2 7/8 610
SCH-7-P/G 3/4 3/8 2 5/8 2 3/16 1 1/4 3 1/8 610
SCH-10-P/G 1 3/8 3 1/162 5/8 1 5/8 3 3/4 610
SCH-12-P/G 1 1/4 3/8 3 3/8 2 15/16 1 5/8 4 3/16 610
SCH-15-P/G 1 1/2 3/8 3 1/2 3 1/16 1 1/2 4 7/16 610
SCH-20-P/G 2 3/8 3 3/4 3 5/16 1 5/8 5 610
SCH-25-P/G 2 1/2 1/2 3 7/8 3 1/4 1 1/8 5 3/8 1130
SCH-30-P/G 3 1/2 4 1/4 3 5/8 1 1/8 6 1130
SCH-35-P/G 3 1/2 1/2 4 1/2 3 7/8 1 1/4 6 1/2 1130
SCH-40-P/G 4 5/8 5 1/2 4 11/16 1 3/4 7 11/16 1430
SCH-50-P/G 5 5/8 6 1/8 5 5/16 1 7/8 9 1/8 1430
SCH-60-P/G 6 3/4 3 7/8 6 1 5/8 10 1/8 1940
SCH-80-P/G 8 7/8 8 3/4 7 7/8 2 1/8 12 7/8 2000
SCH-100-P/G 10 7/8 9 1/4 8 1/8 1 3/4 14 5/8 3600
SCH-120-P/G 12 7/8 11 5/8 10 1/2 2 1/2 18 3800
SCH-140-P/G 14 1 12 3/4 11 1/4 2 5/8 19 3/4 4200
SCH-160-P/G 16 1 14 5/8 13 5/8 2 5/8 22 1/8 4600 MATERIALS
SCH-180-P/G 18 1 1/8 18 15 3 1/2 25 1/2 4800 Item Description
SCH-200-P/G 20 1 1/4 18 16 1/8 4 1/8 28 4800 Bracket Low carbon steel
SCH-240-P/G 24 1 1/4 20 1/4 18 3/8 4 3/4 32 1/4 4800 Cross bolt + hex nut Low carbon steel
SCH-300-P/G 30 1 1/4 24 1/2 21 1/2 5 1/2 38 7/8 6000
SCH-360-P/G 36 1 1/2 32 30 8 3/4 50 9500 FEATURES
* Design allows for vertical adjustment of pipe after installation.
NOTES
1. Choose appropriate model for required finish: SPECIFICATIONS
P - Plain , G - Galvanized * Complies with Federal Specification WW-H-171E (Type 1)
2. Clevis hanger may be provided with swivel hanger (Model SCHS) * Complies with Manufacturer's Standardization Society SP-69
& SP-58 (Type 1)
APPLICATION
* Suspension of non-insulated pipes with allowance for vertical adjustment.
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : SCH Drawing no.
Client : Standard Clevis Hanger S-2730.01
Consultant :
SIZE A B C D H LOAD
(inches) (lbs)
PCH-5-P/G 1/2 3/8 1 7/8 1 7/16 1 2 5/16 610
PCH-7-P/G 3/4 3/8 1 7/8 1 7/16 15/16 2 7/16 610
PCH-10-P/G 1 3/8 2 5/16 1 7/8 1 1/4 3 610
PCH-12-P/G 1 1/4 3/8 2 5/8 2 1/4 1 3/8 3 1/2 610
PCH-15-P/G 1 1/2 3/8 2 15/16 2 9/16 1 9/16 3 15/16 610
PCH-20-P/G 2 3/8 3 3/8 2 15/16 1 11/16 4 5/8 610
PCH-25-P/G 2 1/2 1/2 4 5/8 4 1/16 2 9/16 6 1/8 1130
PCH-30-P/G 3 1/2 4 11/16 4 1/8 2 3/8 6 1/2 1130
PCH-35-P/G 3 1/2 1/2 5 3/4 5 3/16 3 1/8 7 13/16 1130
PCH-40-P/G 4 5/8 5 13/16 5 1/16 2 3/4 8 1/8 1430
PCH-50-P/G 5 5/8 5 3/4 5 2 1/8 8 5/8 1430
PCH-60-P/G 6 3/4 7 6 1/8 2 3/4 10 3/8 1940
PCH-80-P/G 8 3/4 8 1/16 7 1/4 2 13/16 12 7/16 2000
PCH-100-P/G 10 7/8 9 3/4 8 3/4 3 5/16 15 3/16 3600
PCH-120-P/G 12 7/8 11 9/16 10 7/16 4 18 3800 MATERIALS
PCH-140-P/G 14 1 12 5/16 11 1/16 4 19 7/16 4200 Item Description
PCH-160-P/G 16 1 13 15/16 12 5/8 4 5/8 21 15/16 4600 Bracket Low carbon steel
PCH-180-P/G 18 1 16 14 11/16 5 11/16 25 4800 Cross bolt + hex nut Low carbon steel
PCH-200-P/G 20 1 1/4 17 1/2 15 15/16 5 15/16 27 1/2 4800
PCH-240-P/G 24 1 1/4 19 3/4 18 1/16 6 1/16 31 3/4 4800 FEATURES (Patent pending design)
PCH-300-P/G 30 1 1/4 24 1/8 22 5/16 7 5/16 39 1/8 6000 * Design allows for vertical adjustment of pipe after installation.
PCH-360-P/G 36 1 1/2 31 28 15/16 10 15/16 49 9500 * Eliminates need for seismic cross-bolt brace. Design includes
restraint to keep clevis from collapsing during seismic event.
NOTES * Allows easy installation by maintaining vertical alignment of
1. Choose appropriate model for required finish: bottom + top members
P - Plain , G - Galvanized * Prevents hanger sag caused by inward movement of upper
ends of lower yoke.
APPLICATION SPECIFICATIONS
* Suspension of insulated / non-insulated pipes with allowance for vertical adjustment. * Complies with Federal Specification WW-H-171E (Type 1)
* Complies with ANSI/MSS SP-58-2009 (Type 1)
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : PCH Drawing no.
Client : Patented Clevis Hanger S-2730.02
Consultant :
SIZE A B C D H LOAD
(inches) (lbs)
NCH-5-P/G 1/2 3/8 1 7/8 1 7/16 9/16 2 5/16 610
NCH-7-P/G 3/4 3/8 1 7/8 1 7/16 9/16 2 7/16 610
NCH-10-P/G 1 3/8 2 5/16 1 7/8 11/16 3 610
NCH-12-P/G 1 1/4 3/8 2 5/8 2 1/4 7/8 3 1/2 610
NCH-15-P/G 1 1/2 3/8 2 15/16 2 9/16 1 9/16 3 15/16 610
NCH-20-P/G 2 3/8 3 3/8 2 15/16 1 1/4 4 5/8 610
NCH-25-P/G 2 1/2 1/2 4 5/8 4 1/16 1 15/16 6 1/8 1130
NCH-30-P/G 3 1/2 4 11/16 4 1/8 1 3/4 6 1/2 1130
NCH-35-P/G 3 1/2 1/2 5 3/4 5 3/16 2 9/16 7 13/16 1130
NCH-40-P/G 4 5/8 5 13/16 5 1/16 2 1/8 8 1/8 1430
NCH-50-P/G 5 5/8 5 3/4 5 1 7/16 8 5/8 1430
NCH-60-P/G 6 3/4 7 6 1/8 1 3/4 10 3/8 1940
NCH-80-P/G 8 3/4 8 1/16 7 1/4 1 7/8 12 7/16 2000
NCH-100-P/G 10 7/8 9 3/4 8 3/4 2 1/4 15 3/16 3600
NCH-120-P/G 12 7/8 11 9/16 10 7/16 2 13/16 18 3800
NCH-140-P/G 14 1 12 5/16 11 1/16 2 9/16 19 7/16 4200
NCH-160-P/G 16 1 13 15/16 12 5/8 2 7/8 21 15/16 4600 MATERIALS
NCH-180-P/G 18 1 16 14 11/16 3 3/4 25 4800 Item Description
NCH-200-P/G 20 1 1/4 17 1/2 15 15/16 3 15/16 27 1/2 4800 Bracket Low carbon steel
NCH-240-P/G 24 1 1/4 19 3/4 18 1/16 4 7/16 31 3/4 4800 Cross bolt + hex nut Low carbon steel
NCH-300-P/G 30 1 1/4 24 1/8 22 5/16 5 5/16 39 1/8 6000
NCH-360-P/G 36 1 1/2 31 28 15/16 8 11/16 49 9500 FEATURES
NOTES * Redesigned in compliance with new MSS SP-58 2009 standard
1. Choose appropriate model for required finish:
P - Plain , G - Galvanized SPECIFICATIONS
* Complies with Federal Specification WW-H-171E (Type 1)
APPLICATION * Complies with ANSI/MSS SP-58-2009 (Type 1)
* Suspension of insulated / non-insulated pipes with allowance for vertical adjustment.
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : NCH Drawing no.

Client : New Clevis Hanger S-2730.03
Consultant :

SIZE B C H A LOAD
(inches) (lbs)
ASRH-5-P/G 1/2 2 3/8 1 1/4 2 7/8 3/8 180
ASRH-7-P/G 3/4 2 3/8 1 5/16 3 3/8 180
ASRH-10-P/G 1 2 5/8 1 1/2 3 3/8 3/8 180
ASRH-12-P/G 1 1/4 2 7/8 1 11/16 3 3/4 3/8 180
ASRH-15-P/G 1 1/2 3 1/8 1 15/16 4 1/8 3/8 180
ASRH-20-P/G 2 3 1/2 2 5/16 4 3/4 3/8 180
ASRH-25-P/G 2 1/2 4 2 5/8 5 1/2 1/2 300
ASRH-30-P/G 3 4 1/2 3 1/8 6 3/8 1/2 300
ASRH-35-P/G 3 1/2 4 15/16 3 9/16 7 1/2 300
ASRH-40-P/G 4 5 3/16 3 5/8 7 1/2 5/8 475
ASRH-50-P/G 5 5 23/32 4 1/8 8 5/8 5/8 475
ASRH-60-P/G 6 6 13/16 5 1/16 10 1/4 3/4 950
ASRH-80-P/G 8 8 1/16 6 5/16 12 1/2 3/4 950
NOTES MATERIALS
1. Choose appropriate model for required finish: Item Description
P - Plain , G - Galvanized Bracket Low carbon steel
2. Refer protection shield catalogs for sizing information for insulated pipes. Knurled nut Low carbon steel
3. To order ring hanger only without swivel nut, specify model RH instead of ASRH.
FEATURES
APPLICATION * Knurled nut allows for vertical adjustment of pipe
* Suspension of insulated / non-insulated pipes with allowance for vertical adjustment. after installation.
* Engineered 'swivel' design suitable for non-linear
SPECIFICATIONS piping layout.
* Complies with Manufacturer's Standardization Society SP-69 & SP-58 (Type 10)
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : ASRH Drawing no.

Client : Adjustable Swivel Ring Hanger S-2730.11
Consultant :

SIZE B C H A LOAD
(inches) (lbs)
ASRHNF-5-P/G 1/2 2 3/8 1 1/4 2 7/8 3/8 180
ASRHNF-7-P/G 3/4 2 3/8 1 5/16 3 3/8 180
ASRHNF-10-P/G 1 2 5/8 1 1/2 3 3/8 3/8 180
ASRHNF-12-P/G 1 1/4 2 7/8 1 11/16 3 3/4 3/8 180
ASRHNF-15-P/G 1 1/2 3 1/8 1 15/16 4 1/8 3/8 180
ASRHNF-20-P/G 2 3 1/2 2 5/16 4 3/4 3/8 180
ASRHNF-25-P/G 2 1/2 4 2 5/8 5 1/2 3/8 200
ASRHNF-30-P/G 3 4 1/2 3 1/8 6 3/8 3/8 250
ASRHNF-35-P/G 3 1/2 4 15/16 3 9/16 7 3/8 300
ASRHNF-40-P/G 4 5 3/16 3 5/8 7 1/2 3/8 360
ASRHNF-50-P/G 5 5 23/32 4 1/8 8 5/8 1/2 480
ASRHNF-60-P/G 6 6 13/16 5 1/16 10 1/4 1/2 630
ASRHNF-80-P/G 8 8 1/16 6 5/16 12 1/2 1/2 970
NOTES MATERIALS
P - Plain , G - Galvanized Bracket Low carbon steel
2. Refer protection shield catalogs for sizing information for insulated pipes. Knurled nut Low carbon steel
3. To order ring hanger only without swivel nut, specify model RHNF instead of ASRHNF.
FEATURES
APPLICATION * Knurled nut allows for vertical adjustment of pipe
* Suspension of insulated / non-insulated pipes with allowance for vertical adjustment. after installation.
* Engineered 'swivel' design suitable for non-linear
SPECIFICATIONS piping layout.
* Complies with Manufacturer's Standardization Society SP-69 & SP-58 (Type 10)
* Complies with National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) codes for reduced rod sizes
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : ASRHNF Drawing no.

Client : Adjustable Swivel Ring Hanger S-2730.12
Consultant : (NFPA code compliant)
MODEL PIPE HANGER ROD PIPE DIA MAXIMUM LOAD

SIZE DIAMETER RANGE (uniform radial)
(inches) (mm) (mm) (lbs)
PSx-03 3/8 8 / 10 15 - 19 370
PSx-05 1/2 8 / 10 20 - 25 370
PSx-07 3/4 8 / 10 26 - 30 370
PSx-10 1 8 / 10 32 - 36 370
PSx-12 1 1/4 8 / 10 38 - 43 370
PSx-15 1 1/2 8 / 10 47 - 51 370
PSx-17 -- 8 / 10 53 - 58 370
PSx-20 2 8 / 10 60 - 64 370
PSx-22 -- 8 / 10 68 - 72 370
PSx-25 2 1/2 8 / 10 75 - 80 370
PSx-28 -- 8 / 10 81 - 86 370
PSx-30 3 8 / 10 87 - 92 370
PSx-34 -- 8 / 10 99 - 105 675 MATERIALS
PSx-37 -- 8 / 10 107 - 112 675 Item Description
PSx-40 4 8 / 10 113 - 118 675 Clamp Galvanised steel
PSx-42 -- 8 / 10 125 - 130 675 Lining (on PSL model only) Synthetic rubber
PSx-45 -- 8 / 10 132 - 137 675
PSx-50 5 8 / 10 138 - 142 900 FEATURES
PSx-55 -- 8 / 10 148 - 152 900 * Simple, quick installation.
PSx-60 6 8 / 10 159 - 166 900 * Rubber lining on PSL models absorbs sound and vibration
PSx-67 -- 8 / 10 177 - 190 900 and provides a thermal break.
PSx-75 -- 8 / 10 200 - 212 900 * Side bolts with slot and cross-head for ease of tightening
PSx-80 8 8 / 10 215 - 220 900
NOTES APPLICATION
1. Choose appropriate model as per requirement: * Suspension of non-insulated pipes.
PSP - Plain , PSL - With rubber lining
2. Pipe size indicated above is for mild steel pipes. Contact factory for copper tube sizing.
3. Options available:
Pipe clamps suitable for 10 / 12mm hanger rods
Nuts for side bolts
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : PSP / PSL Drawing no.

Client : Extension Split Ring Hanger S-2730.21
Consultant :

SIZE A B E F H LOAD
(inches) (lbs)
LRH-20-P/G 2 3/8 1 9/16 1 7/16 2 7/8 4 3/4 150
LRH-25-P/G 2 1/2 1/2 1 7/8 2 3 1/4 6 225
LRH-30-P/G 3 1/2 2 3/16 2 3 7/8 6 5/8 310
LRH-35-P/G 3 1/2 1/2 2 1/2 2 4 3/8 7 1/4 390
LRH-40-P/G 4 5/8 2 3/4 2 4 7/8 7 7/8 475
LRH-50-P/G 5 5/8 3 3/8 2 5 15/16 9 3/16 685
LRH-60-P/G 6 3/4 3 15/16 2 7 10 3/8 780
LRH-80-P/G 8 7/8 5 1/16 2 9 12 5/8 780
LRH-100-P/G 10 7/8 6 1/4 2 1/16 11 1/8 14 15/16 965
LRH-120-P/G 12 7/8 7 3/8 2 1/4 13 3/8 17 3/8 1200
LRH-140-P/G 14 1 8 1/4 2 1/4 14 1/2 19 1200
LRH-160-P/G 16 1 9 1/4 2 16 3/8 20 3/4 1200
LRH-180-P/G 18 1 10 3/8 2 11/16 18 3/8 23 11/16 1400
LRH-200-P/G 20 1 1/4 11 1/2 2 1/2 20 3/8 25 7/8 1600
LRH-240-P/G 24 1 1/2 13 13/16 4 1/2 24 1/2 32 9/16 1600
LRH-300-P/G 30 1 1/2 17 1/4 5 1/2 30 5/8 40 1600
NOTES Item Description

1. Choose appropriate model for required finish: Bracket Low carbon steel
P - Plain , G - Galvanized Roller Cast Iron
2. Refer protection shield catalogs for sizing information for insulated pipes. Axle + hex nut Low carbon steel
* Suspension of insulated / non-insulated pipes where longitudinal movement, due to * Design allows for vertical adjustment of pipe after installation.
expansion and contraction, may occur, and vertical adjustment is required.
SPECIFICATIONS
* Complies with Manufacturer's Standardization Society SP-69
& SP-58 (Type 43)
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : LRH Drawing no.

Client : Roller Hanger (long) S-2730.31
Consultant :

SIZE A B C D E LOAD
(inches) (lbs)
LRC-20-P/G 2 1 9/16 1 1/2 1 1/4 4 5/8 3/8 x 1 1/2 300
LRC-25-P/G 2 1/2 1 7/8 1 5/8 1 1/4 5 3/8 3/8 x 1 1/2 600
LRC-30-P/G 3 2 3/16 1 3/4 2 6 3/8 x 1 1/2 600
LRC-35-P/G 3 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/16 2 6 3/4 3/8 x 1 1/2 600
LRC-40-P/G 4 2 3/4 2 5/16 2 7 1/4 1/2 x 1 1/2 700
LRC-50-P/G 5 3 3/8 2 1/2 3 8 7/16 1/2 x 1 1/2 700
LRC-60-P/G 6 3 15/16 2 3/4 3 1/8 9 3/4 1/2 x 1 1/2 1000
LRC-80-P/G 8 5 1/16 3 3 3/8 12 5/8 x 1 1/2 1300
LRC-100-P/G 10 6 1/4 3 5/8 5 1/4 14 7/16 5/8 x 2 1700
LRC-120-P/G 12 7 3/8 4 1/8 5 1/2 16 5/8 5/8 x 2 2300
LRC-140-P/G 14 8 1/4 4 5/8 5 3/4 18 3/8 5/8 x 2 3000
LRC-160-P/G 16 9 1/4 5 1/4 8 20 5/8 5/8 x 2 4000
LRC-180-P/G 18 10 3/8 5 1/8 9 1/2 22 5/8 5/8 x 2 4000
LRC-200-P/G 20 11 1/2 5 5/8 10 25 3/4 x 2 1/4 4000
LRC-240-P/G 24 13 13/16 6 5/8 12 29 3/4 3/4 x 2 1/4 4000
LRC-300-P/G 30 17 1/4 7 1/8 14 36 1/2 1 x 2 1/2 4000 MATERIALS
Item Description
NOTES Roller Cast Iron
1. Choose appropriate model for required finish: Chair Low carbon steel
P - Plain , G - Galvanized Axle + hex nut Low carbon steel
2. Refer protection shield catalogs for sizing information for insulated pipes.
FEATURES
APPLICATION * Chair can be welded directly to structure or bolted in place
* Support of insulated / non-insulated pipes where longitudinal movement, due to using mounting holes which are standard construction.
expansion and contraction, may occur, but vertical adjustment is not required.
SPECIFICATIONS
* Complies with Federal Specification WW-H-171-E (Type 45)
* Complies with Manufacturer's Standardiziation Society
SP-69 & SP-58 (Type 44)
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : LRC Drawing no.

Client : Roller Chair (long) S-2733.01
Consultant :

SIZE A B C D E F LOAD
(inches) (lbs)
ALRS-40-P/G 4 5/8 12 6 3/4 4 3/4 2 3/4 3/4 750
ALRS-50-P/G 5 5/8 12 8 1/16 5 13/16 3 3/8 3/4 750
ALRS-60-P/G 6 3/4 12 9 9/16 6 7/8 3 15/16 1 1/8 1070
ALRS-80-P/G 8 7/8 12 11 15/16 8 7/8 5 1/16 1 1/8 1350
ALRS-100-P/G 10 7/8 12 14 1/16 11 6 1/4 1 1/8 1730
ALRS-120-P/G 12 7/8 12 16 7/16 13 7 3/8 1 3/8 2400
ALRS-140-P/G 14 1 12 17 5/16 14 1/4 8 1/4 1 1/2 3130
ALRS-160-P/G 16 1 1/4 18 20 1/2 16 1/4 9 1/4 1 5/8 3970
ALRS-180-P/G 18 1 1/4 18 22 3/8 18 1/4 10 3/8 1 5/8 4200
ALRS-200-P/G 20 1 1/4 18 24 1/2 20 1/4 11 1/2 1 3/4 4550
ALRS-240-P/G 24 1 1/2 24 28 5/16 24 1/4 13 13/16 2 6000
ALRS-300-P/G 30 1 1/2 24 35 30 1/4 17 1/4 2 1/4 6000
NOTES MATERIALS
2. Refer protection shield catalogs for sizing information for insulated pipes. Axle + Rods + Hex Nuts Low carbon steel
3. To order only roller+axle+sockets (for use in ceiling suspended applications Sockets Malleable Cast Iron
with threaded rods) specify model ALRH.
FEATURES
APPLICATION * Design allows for vertical adjustment of pipe after installation.
* Support of insulated / non-insulated pipes where longitudinal movement, due to
expansion and contraction, may occur, and vertical adjustment is required. SPECIFICATIONS
* Complies with Federal Specification WW-H-171-E (Type 42)
* Complies with Manufacturer's Standardiziation Society
SP-69 & SP-58 (Type 41)
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : ALRS Drawing no.

Client : Adjustable Long S-2733.03
Consultant : Roller Support

SIZE A B C D E F LOAD
(inches) (lbs)
ALRSG-40-P/G 4 5/8 18 6 3/4 4 3/4 2 3/4 3/4 750
ALRSG-50-P/G 5 5/8 18 8 1/16 5 13/16 3 3/8 3/4 750
ALRSG-60-P/G 6 3/4 24 9 9/16 6 7/8 3 15/16 1 1/8 1070
ALRSG-80-P/G 8 7/8 24 11 15/16 8 7/8 5 1/16 1 1/8 1350
ALRSG-100-P/G 10 7/8 30 14 1/16 11 6 1/4 1 1/8 1730
ALRSG-120-P/G 12 7/8 30 15 13/16 13 7 3/8 1 1/8 2400
ALRSG-140-P/G 14 1 36 17 3/4 14 1/4 8 1/4 1 1/2 3130
NOTES
P - Plain , G - Galvanized
APPLICATION MATERIALS
* Support and guide of insulated / non-insulated pipes where longitudinal movement, due to Item Description
expansion and contraction, may occur, and vertical adjustment is required. Roller Cast Iron
Axle + Rods + Hex Nuts Low carbon steel
Sockets Malleable Cast Iron
FEATURES
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : ALRSG Drawing no.

Client : Adjustable Long S-2733.04
Consultant : Roller Support + Guide
MODEL PIPE PART DIMENSIONS MAX.

SIZE A B E F G H LOAD
(inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (lbs)
2 1 3/4 5 3 11/16 1/2 9/16 3 7/16 390
2 1/2 1 3/4 5 3 15/16 1/2 9/16 3 7/16 390
SRS-20.35-P/G
3 1 3/4 5 4 1/4 1/2 9/16 3 7/16 390
3 1/2 1 3/4 5 4 1/2 1/2 9/16 3 7/16 390
4 2 1/16 6 1/4 5 1/2 9/16 4 11/16 950
SRS-40.60-P/G 5 2 1/16 6 1/4 5 9/16 1/2 9/16 4 11/16 950
6 2 1/16 6 1/4 6 1/16 1/2 9/16 4 11/16 950
8 3 7/16 8 1/2 8 13/16 5/8 11/16 7 2100
SRS-80.100-P/G
10 3 7/16 8 1/2 9 7/8 5/8 11/16 7 2100
12 3 7/8 10 15/16 11 7/16 3/4 13/16 9 1/16 3075
SRS-120.140-P/G
14 3 7/8 10 15/16 12 1/16 3/4 13/16 9 1/16 3075
16 4 1/4 12 3/8 13 5/8 13/16 13/16 10 1/4 4980 MATERIALS
SRS-160.200-P/G 18 4 1/4 12 3/8 14 11/16 13/16 13/16 10 1/4 4980 Item Description
20 4 1/4 12 3/8 15 11/16 13/16 13/16 10 1/4 4980 Chair Low carbon steel
22 4 3/8 13 1/2 18 11/16 13/16 13/16 11 3/8 6100 Roller Cast Iron
SRS-220.240-P/G
24 4 3/8 13 1/2 17 11/16 13/16 13/16 11 3/8 6100 Axle + hex nuts Low carbon steel
26 5 1/8 17 19 3/4 1 1/16 1 1/16 14 1/4 7500
SRS-260.300-P/G 28 5 1/8 17 20 3/4 1 1/16 1 1/16 14 1/4 7500 NOTES
30 5 1/8 17 21 3/4 1 1/16 1 1/16 14 1/4 7500 1. Choose appropriate model for required finish:
36 5 5/8 19 1/4 25 7/8 1 5/16 1 5/16 16 1/2 12000 P - Plain , G - Galvanized
38 5 5/8 19 1/4 26 7/8 1 5/16 1 5/16 16 1/2 12000 2. Refer protection shield catalogs for sizing
SRS-360.420-P/G
40 5 5/8 19 1/4 27 7/8 1 5/16 1 5/16 16 1/2 12000 information for insulated pipes.
42 5 5/8 19 1/4 28 7/8 1 5/16 1 5/16 16 1/2 12000
48 6 13/32 22 33 1/4 1 5/16 1 5/16 19 1/32 12000 APPLICATION
SRS-440.600-P/G 54 6 13/32 22 36 1/4 1 5/16 1 5/16 19 1/32 12000 * Support of insulated / non-insulated pipes where
60 6 13/32 22 39 1/4 1 5/16 1 5/16 19 1/32 12000 longitudinal movement, due to expansion and
contraction, may occur, but vertical adjustment is not
SPECIFICATIONS required.
* Complies with Federal Specification WW-H-171-E (Type 45) - upto size 360.420
* Complies with Manufacturer's Standardiziation Society SP-69 & SP-58 (Type 44) - upto size 360.420 FEATURES
* Chair can be welded directly to structure or bolted in
place using mounting holes which are furnished as
standard.
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : SRS Drawing no.
Client : Short Roller Stand
Consultant : S-2733.11

SIZE A B E G J LOAD
(inches) (lbs)
2 7/8 5 1/2 4 3/4 9/16 1 1/2 390
2 1/2 7/8 5 1/2 5 9/16 1 1/2 390
ASRS-20.35-P/G
3 7/8 5 1/2 5 5/16 9/16 1 1/2 390
3 1/2 7/8 5 1/2 5 9/16 9/16 1 1/2 390
4 1 1/4 6 3/4 6 3/16 9/16 2 1/4 950
ASRS-40.60-P/G 5 1 1/4 6 3/4 6 3/4 9/16 2 1/4 950
6 1 1/4 6 3/4 7 1/4 9/16 2 1/4 950
8 1 9/16 9 10 1/8 11/16 4 2100
ASRS-80.100-P/G
10 1 9/16 9 11 3/16 11/16 4 2100
12 1 3/8 11 7/16 12 3/4 13/16 5 3/4 3075
ASRS-120.140-P/G
14 1 3/8 11 7/16 13 3/8 13/16 5 3/4 3075
16 1 7/8 12 7/8 15 3/8 13/16 6 3/4 4980
ASRS-160.200-P/G 18 1 7/8 12 7/8 16 7/16 13/16 6 3/4 4980 MATERIALS
20 1 7/8 12 7/8 17 7/16 13/16 6 3/4 4980 Item Description
ASRS-240-P/G 24 2 14 19 1/4 13/16 7 1/2 6100 Chair Low carbon steel
ASRS-300-P/G 30 2 1/4 17 1/2 24 7/16 1 1/16 10 7500 Roller Cast Iron
Axle + hex nuts + bolts Low carbon steel
NOTES
1. Choose appropriate model for required finish: FEATURES
P - Plain , G - Galvanized * Base plate can be welded directly to structure or bolted in place
2. Refer protection shield catalogs for sizing information for insulated pipes. using mounting holes which are furnished as standard.
APPLICATION
* Support of insulated / non-insulated pipes where longitudinal movement, due to SPECIFICATIONS
expansion and contraction, may occur, and vertical adjustment is required. * Complies with Federal Specification WW-H-171-E
(Type 47)
* Complies with Manufacturer's Standardiziation
Society SP-69 & SP-58 (Type 46)
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : ASRS Drawing no.

Client : Adjustable
Consultant : Short Roller Stand S-2733.12

SIZE A B C D E LOAD
(inches) (lbs)
2 1 13/16 5 1/4 3 1/8 6 7/8 9/16 390
2 1/2 1 13/16 5 1/4 3 3/8 6 7/8 9/16 390
SRBS-20.35-P/G
3 1 13/16 5 1/4 3 11/16 6 7/8 9/16 390
3 1/2 1 13/16 5 1/4 3 15/16 6 7/8 9/16 390
4 1 7/16 6 1/4 4 3/8 7 7/8 9/16 600
SRBS-40.60-P/G 5 1 7/16 6 1/4 4 15/16 7 7/8 9/16 600
6 1 7/16 6 1/4 5 7/16 7 7/8 9/16 600
8 1 13/16 8 1/2 7 3/16 10 1/8 9/16 800
SRBS-80.100-P/G
10 1 13/16 8 1/2 8 1/2 10 1/8 9/16 800
12 2 7/16 11 3/4 10 13 5/8 13/16 1300
SRBS-120.140-P/G
14 2 7/16 11 3/4 10 5/8 13 5/8 13/16 1300
16 2 5/8 12 3/8 12 14 5/8 13/16 2300
SRBS-160.200-P/G 18 2 5/8 12 3/8 13 1/16 14 5/8 13/16 2300
20 2 5/8 12 3/8 14 1/16 14 5/8 13/16 2300
MATERIALS
NOTES Item Description
1. Choose appropriate model for required finish: Angle Brackets Low carbon steel
2. Refer protection shield catalogs for sizing information for insulated pipes. Axle + hex nuts Low carbon steel
* Support of insulated / non-insulated pipes where longitudinal movement, due to * Base brackets designed for mounting on struts / metal framing.
expansion and contraction, may occur, but vertical adjustment is not required.
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : SRBS Drawing no.

Client : Short Roller Base Support

SIZE H L P W D B LOAD
TRAVEL (inches)
(inches) 5 10 15 20 (lbs)
PSA1-20.80-P/G upto 8" 3 3/4 9 13 1/2 18 27 3 1/2 n/a n/a 4 7000
PSA1-100.240-P/G 10" to 24" 3 3/4 11 16 1/2 22 33 4 1/2 n/a n/a 6 13500
PSA2-20.80-P/G upto 8" 4 1/4 9 13 1/2 18 27 3 1/2 6 n/a 4 7000
PSA2-100.240-P/G 10" to 24" 4 1/4 11 16 1/2 22 33 4 1/2 7 n/a 6 13500
PSA3-20.80-P/G upto 8" 4 1/4 9 13 1/2 18 27 3 1/2 6 n/a 4 7000
PSA3-100.240-P/G 10" to 24" 4 1/4 11 16 1/2 22 33 4 1/2 7 n/a 6 13500
PSA4-20.80-P/G upto 8" 3 3/4 9 13 1/2 18 27 5 1/2 n/a n/a 4 7000
PSA4-100.240-P/G 10" to 24" 3 3/4 11 16 1/2 22 33 6 1/2 n/a n/a 6 13500
PSA5-20.80-P/G upto 8" 4 1/4 9 13 1/2 18 27 5 1/2 9 3/4 n/a 4 7000
PSA5-100.240-P/G 10" to 24" 4 1/4 11 16 1/2 22 33 6 1/2 10 3/4 n/a 6 13500
PSA6-20.80-P/G upto 8" 4 1/4 9 13 1/2 18 27 5 1/2 9 3/4 n/a 4 7000
PSA6-100.240-P/G 10" to 24" 4 1/4 11 16 1/2 22 33 6 1/2 10 3/4 n/a 6 13500
PSA7-20.80-P/G upto 8" 10 10 10 10 10 n/a 5 3 5/16 4 7000
PSA7-100.240-P/G 10" to 24" 11 1/2 11 1/2 11 1/2 11 1/2 11 1/2 n/a 6 1/2 5 7/16 6 13500
NOTES MATERIALS
1. Choose appropriate model for required finish: P - Plain , G - Electroplated Item Description
Tee + base Low carbon steel
APPLICATION Tee facing Stainless steel
* Support of horizontal pipes where longitudinal movement, due to expansion and Plate facing Teflon
contraction, may occur, and low friction coefficients are required.
* PSA1, PSA2, PSA3 designed for longitudinal movement only. SPECIFICATIONS
* PSA4, PSA5, PSA6 designed for longitudinal and transverse movement. * Complies with Federal Specification WW-H-171-E (Type 35)
* PSA7 designed for upto 5 inches of horizontal movement in any direction. * Complies with Manufacturer's Standardiziation Society
SP-69 & SP-58 (Type 35)
FEATURES
* Low friction coefficients.
* PSA2, PSA3, PSA5, PSA6 include side travel guides.
* PSA3, PSA 6 include hold-down lugs.
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : PSA Drawing no.
Client : Pipe Slide Assembly S-2733.21
S-2733.21 - page 2 (Rev. 0)

MODEL PIPE PART DIMENSIONS

SIZE B C D E F
(inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (pipe size)
PSS(U)-25-P/G 2 1/2 4 1/2 3 1/8 1 1/2 1 1/2
PSS(U)-30-P/G 3 4 1/2 3 7/16 1 1/2 1 1/2
PSS(U)-35-P/G 3 1/2 4 1/2 3 11/16 1 1/2 1 1/2
PSS(U)-40-P/G 4 4 1/2 4 1/4 2 3/8 2 1/2
PSS(U)-50-P/G 5 4 1/2 4 9/16 2 3/8 2 1/2
PSS(U)-60-P/G 6 4 5/8 5 1/2 2 3/8 2 1/2
PSS(U)-80-P/G 8 4 5/8 7 2 3/8 2 1/2
PSS(U)-100-P/G 10 4 3/4 8 2 3/8 2 1/2
PSS(U)-120-P/G 12 4 7/8 9 3/16 2 3/8 2 1/2
PSS(U)-140-P/G 14 4 7/8 10 9/16 2 7/8 3
PSS(U)-160-P/G 16 4 7/8 11 9/16 2 7/8 3
PSS(U)-180-P/G 18 4 1 13 9/16 4 4
PSS(U)-200-P/G 20 4 1 14 9/16 4 4
PSS(U)-240-P/G 24 4 1 16 9/16 4 4
PSS(U)-300-P/G 30 4 1 20 11/16 4 4 MATERIALS
Item Description
NOTES Saddle + Shank Low carbon steel
1. Choose appropriate model for required finish: U bolt + nuts Low carbon steel
P - Plain , G - Electroplated
2. Refer protection shield catalogs for sizing information for insulated pipes. FEATURES
3. Specify 'PSSU' model for U bolt support. * U bolt mounting holes furnished as standard on PSS
models for on-site addition.
APPLICATION * Companion base stands (model PBS) available in
* Support of insulated / non-insulated, horizontal pipes running close to floor. customer specifed heights, allow for straight pipe runs
Typically used with base stand model PBS. over uneven floor grades.
SPECIFICATIONS
* Complies with Federal Specification WW-H-171-E (Type 36,37)
* Complies with Manufacturer's Standardiziation
Society SP-69 & SP-58 (Type 36,37)
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : PSS / PSSU Drawing no.

Client : Pipe Saddle Support S-2733.31
Consultant : With / Without U Bolt

SIZE A B C D T
(inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (pipe size)
APSS(U)-W/T-25-P/G 2 1/2 5 1 11/16 1 7/16 2 1/4 1 3/4
APSS(U)-W/T-30-P/G 3 5 1 11/16 2 2 5/16 1 3/4
APSS(U)-W/T-35-P/G 3 1/2 5 1 11/16 2 1/4 2 5/16 1 3/4
APSS(U)-W/T-40-P/G 4 5 1 13/16 2 1/2 2 3/8 2
APSS(U)-W/T-50-P/G 5 5 1 13/16 3 2 3/8 2
APSS(U)-W/T-60-P/G 6 5 1 13/16 3 9/16 2 5/16 2
APSS(U)-W/T-80-P/G 8 5 1 13/16 4 11/16 2 11/16 2
APSS(U)-W/T-100-P/G 10 5 1 13/16 5 3/4 3 2
APSS(U)-W/T-120-P/G 12 5 1 13/16 6 3/4 3 7/16 2
APSS(U)-W/T-140-P/G 14 5 2 1/4 7 3/8 4 2 1/2
APSS(U)-W/T-160-P/G 16 5 2 1/4 8 3/8 4 3/8 2 1/2
APSS(U)-W/T-180-P/G 18 5 2 1/4 9 1/2 4 11/16 2 1/2
APSS(U)-W/T-200-P/G 20 5 2 1/4 10 1/2 5 1/2 2 1/2
APSS(U)-W/T-240-P/G 24 5 2 1/4 12 1/2 5 15/16 2 1/2
APSS(U)-W/T-300-P/G 30 5 2 1/4 15 1/2 6 1/4 2 1/2 MATERIALS
Item Description
NOTES Saddle + Shank Low carbon steel
1. Choose appropriate model for required finish: U bolt + nuts Low carbon steel
2. Refer protection shield catalogs for sizing information for insulated pipes. FEATURES
3. Specify 'APSSU' model for U bolt support. * U bolt mounting holes furnished as standard on APSS
4. Dimension 'B' is the minimum threaded rod insertion in base stand. Dimension 'A' is models for on-site addition.
the maximum height adjustment capability. * Height adjustment capability allows for straight pipe runs
over uneven floor grades.
APPLICATION
* Support of insulated / non-insulated, horizontal pipes running close to floor, where
vertical adjustment is required.
* Typically used with PBS Plain Base Stand
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : APSS / APSSU Drawing no.

Client : Adjustable Pipe S-2733.32
Consultant : Saddle Support
Representative : With / Without U Bolt Rev. 1
PBS TBS
MODEL PART DIMENSIONS PLATE
B A H D SIZE
(inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches)
PBS-07-P/G 3/4 1 9/16 n/a 1/4 x 6 x 6
PBS-15-P/G 1 1/2 1 9/16 n/a 1/4 x 6 x 6
PBS-20-P/G 2 1 1/4 11/16 n/a 3/8 x 6 x 6
PBS-25-P/G 2 1/2 1 1/2 13/16 n/a 3/8 x 12 x 12
PBS-30-P/G 3 1 1/2 15/16 n/a 1/2 x 12 x 12
PBS-40-P/G 4 1 1/2 1 1/8 n/a 1/2 x 14 x 14
PBS-60-P/G 6 1 1/2 1 1/8 n/a 1/2 x 18 x 18
TBS-10-P/G 1 1 9/16 1 1/2 1/4 x 6 x 6
TBS-12-P/G 1 1/4 1 9/16 1 1/2 1/4 x 6 x 6
TBS-15-P/G 1 1/2 1 9/16 1 1/2 1/4 x 6 x 6
TBS-20-P/G 2 1 9/16 1 1/2 1/4 x 6 x 6 MATERIALS
TBS-25-P/G 2 1/2 1 1/4 9/16 1 1/2 3/8 x 6 x 6 Item Description
TBS-30-P/G 3 1 1/2 13/16 1 1/2 3/8 x 12 x 12 Pipe + Plate Low carbon steel
TBS-40-P/G 4 1 1/2 15/16 2 1/2 x 12 x 12
TBS-60-P/G 6 1 1/2 1 1/8 2 1/2 x 18 x 18 FEATURES
* Customer specifed stand heights allow for straight pipe
NOTES runs over uneven floor grades.
2. To select match dimension 'B' above with dimension 'F' on model PSS(U) support.
(see drawing no. S-2733.31)
APPLICATION
* Support of insulated / non-insulated, horizontal pipes running close to floor.
Used in conjunction with pipe saddle supports.
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : PBS / TBS Drawing no.

Client : Plain / Threaded S-2733.36
Consultant : Base Stand

SIZE B D
(inches) (pipe size) (inches)
2 1/2 1 1/2 2 1/2
PSSA-25.35-P/G 3 1 1/2 2 1/2
3 1/2 1 1/2 2 1/2
4 2 1/2 3
5 2 1/2 3
6 2 1/2 3
PSSA-40.120-P/G
8 2 1/2 3
10 2 1/2 3
12 2 1/2 3
14 3 4
PSSA-140.160-P/G
16 3 4
18 4 6
20 4 6
PSSA-180.300-P/G
24 4 6
30 4 6 MATERIALS
Item Description
NOTES Pipe Low carbon steel
1. Choose appropriate model for required finish: Coupling Malleable Cast Iron
3. To select match dimension 'D' above with dimension 'B' on PBS/TBS base stand. FEATURES
(see drawing no. S-2733.36) * Companion base stands available in customer specifed
heights allow for straight pipe runs over uneven floor grades.
APPLICATION
* Support of insulated / non-insulated, horizontal pipes running close to floor, where SPECIFICATIONS
†
vertical adjustment is required. * Complies with Federal Specification WW-H-171-E (Type 39)
* Typically used with PSS(U) Pipe Saddle Support and Base Stand. * Complies with Manufacturer's Standardiziation Society SP-69
& SP-58 (Type 38)†
† when used with model PSS or PSSU Pipe Saddle Support
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : PSSA Drawing no.

Client : Pipe Saddle S-2733.37
Consultant : Support Adjuster

SIZE B D
(inches) (pipe size) (inches)
PSSA(T/W)-25-P/G 2 1/2 1 1/2 2 1/2
PSSA(T/W)-30-P/G 3 1 1/2 2 1/2
PSSA(T/W)-35-P/G 3 1/2 1 1/2 2 1/2
PSSA(T/W)-40-P/G 4 2 1/2 3
PSSA(T/W)-50-P/G 5 2 1/2 3
PSSA(T/W)-60-P/G 6 2 1/2 3
PSSA(T/W)-80-P/G 8 2 1/2 3
PSSA(T/W)-100-P/G 10 2 1/2 3
PSSA(T/W)-120-P/G 12 2 1/2 3
PSSA(T/W)-140-P/G 14 3 4
PSSA(T/W)-160-P/G 16 3 4
PSSA(T/W)-180-P/G 18 4 6
PSSA(T/W)-200-P/G 20 4 6 Model PSSAT Model PSSAW
PSSA(T/W)-240-P/G 24 4 6
PSSA(T/W)-300-P/G 30 4 6 MATERIALS
Item Description
NOTES Pipe Low carbon steel
1. Choose appropriate model for required finish: Coupling Malleable Cast Iron
P - Plain , G - Electroplated Nut / Washer Low carbon steel
2. To select match dimension 'D' above with dimension 'B' on PBS/TBS base stand.
(see drawing no. S-2733.36) FEATURES
* Companion base stands available in customer specifed
APPLICATION heights allow for straight pipe runs over uneven floor grades.
* Support of insulated / non-insulated, horizontal pipes running close to floor, where
vertical adjustment is required. SPECIFICATIONS
†
* Model PSSAW typically used with PSS(U) Pipe Saddle Support and PBS PlainBase Stand. * Complies with Federal Specification WW-H-171-E (Type 39)
Model PSSAW typically used with PSS(U) Pipe Saddle Support and PBS PlainBase Stand. * Complies with Manufacturer's Standardiziation Society SP-69
& SP-58 (Type 38)†
† when used with model PSS or PSSU Pipe Saddle Support
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : PSSAT / PSSAW Drawing no.

Client : Pipe Saddle S-2733.38
Consultant : Support Adjuster
Representative : Threaded / Welded Type Rev. 0
Model PSS(U)-PSSAW-PBS Model PSS(U)-PSSAT-TBS Model PSS(U)-PBS

(with height adjustment) (with height adjustment) (without height adjustment)
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : Pipe Saddle Support Drawing no.

Client : Configurations S-2733.39
Consultant :
MODEL PIPE LENGTH MAX.

SIZE L LOAD
(inches) (inches) (lbs)
SRPC-5-P/G 1/2 9 255
SRPC-7-P/G 3/4 9 1/4 255
SRPC-10-P/G 1 9 9/16 255
SRPC-12-P/G 1 1/4 10 255
SRPC-15-P/G 1 1/2 10 5/16 255
SRPC-20-P/G 2 10 3/4 255
SRPC-25-P/G 2 1/2 11 1/4 390
SRPC-30-P/G 3 11 15/16 530
SRPC-35-P/G 3 1/2 12 3/8 670
SRPC-40-P/G 4 12 7/8 810
SRPC-50-P/G 5 14 1160
SRPC-60-P/G 6 15 1/16 1570
SRPC-80-P/G 8 17 1/4 2500 MATERIALS
SRPC-100-P/G 10 19 7/16 2500 Item Description
SRPC-120-P/G 12 21 11/16 2700 Clamp Low carbon steel
SRPC-140-P/G 14 23 1/2 2700 Bolt + nuts Low carbon steel
SRPC-160-P/G 16 25 5/8 2900
SRPC-180-P/G 18 27 5/8 2900 FEATURES
SRPC-200-P/G 20 30 2900 * Design allows distribution of piping weight over several floors.
SRPC-240-P/G 24 33 1/2 2900
SRPC-280-P/G 28 38 2900 SPECIFICATIONS
SRPC-300-P/G 30 40 2900 * Complies with Federal Specification WW-H-171-E (Type 8)
SRPC-320-P/G 32 42 2900 * Complies with Manufacturer's Standardiziation Society SP-69
& SP-58 (Type 8)
NOTES
2. Contact factory for copper pipe applications.
APPLICATION
* Support and stabilization of insulated / non-insulated. vertical pipe runs.
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : SRPC Drawing no.
Client : Standard Riser Pipe Clamp S-2736.01
Consultant :

SIZE A B C H LOAD
(inches) (lbs)
ORPC-5-P/G 1/2 2 1/2 3/8 x 1 1/2 6 7/16 190
ORPC-7-P/G 3/4 2 1/2 3/8 x 1 1/2 7 5/16 7/16 190
ORPC-10-P/G 1 2 5/8 3/8 x 1 1/2 7 9/16 7/16 190
ORPC-12-P/G 1 1/4 2 13/16 3/8 x 1 1/2 7 7/8 7/16 190
ORPC-15-P/G 1 1/2 2 15/16 3/8 x 1 1/2 8 1/4 7/16 190
ORPC-20-P/G 2 3 3/16 3/8 x 1 3/4 9 1/8 7/16 420
ORPC-25-P/G 2 1/2 3 7/16 3/8 x 1 3/4 10 1/2 7/16 420
ORPC-30-P/G 3 3 3/4 3/8 x 1 3/4 11 1/8 7/16 420
ORPC-40-P/G 4 4 1/4 1/2 x 2 12 1/2 9/16 610
ORPC-50-P/G 5 4 3/4 1/2 x 2 1/4 13 3/4 9/16 610
ORPC-60-P/G 6 5 5/16 1/2 x 2 1/4 16 1/2 9/16 870
ORPC-80-P/G 8 6 5/16 1/2 x 2 1/2 18 5/8 9/16 870
ORPC-100-P/G 10 7 3/4 3/4 x 3 23 13/16 870
ORPC-120-P/G 12 8 3/4 3/4 x 3 25 13/16 870
NOTES MATERIALS
P - Plain , G - Galvanized Clamp + Bracket Low carbon steel
2. Refer protection shield catalogs for sizing information for insulated pipes. Bolt + nuts Low carbon steel
* Support and stabilization of insulated / non-insulated pipe runs at a fixed distance * Simple, quick installation.
away from wall or structure. * Bracket can be welded directly to structure or bolted in place
using mounting holes which are furnished as standard.
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : ORPC Drawing no.

Client : Offset Riser Pipe Clamp S-2736.16
Consultant :
SIZE (inches unless othewise noted)
(inches) A B C D E
SUC-05-P/G 1/2 0.35 14 Ga. x 1" 2.12 3.11 5/16
SUC-07-P/G 3/4 0.47 14 Ga. x 1" 2.36 3.34 5/16
SUC-10-P/G 1 0.61 14 Ga. x 1" 2.63 3.62 5/16
SUC-12-P/G 1 1/4 0.74 14 Ga. x 1" 2.91 3.89 5/16
SUC-15-P/G 1 1/2 0.86 14 Ga. x 1" 3.14 4.13 5/16
SUC-20-P/G 2 1.10 14 Ga. x 1" 3.62 4.60 5/16
SUC-22-P/G 2 1/2 1.12 14 Ga. x 1" 3.97 4.96 5/16
SUC-27 P/G -- 1.33 14 Ga. x 1" 4.56 5.74 3/8
SUC-30-P/G 3 1.65 14 Ga. x 1" 5.19 6.37 3/8
SUC-35-P/G -- 1.81 14 Ga. x 1" 5.70 6.88 3/8
SUC-40-P/G 4 2.14 14 Ga. x 1" 6.18 7.36 3/8 NOTES
SUC-45-P/G -- 2.36 14 Ga. x 1" 6.61 7.79 3/8 1. Choose appropriate model for required finish:
SUC-52-P/G 5 2.57 14 Ga. x 1" 7.36 8.54 3/8 P - Plain , G - Galvanized
SUC-55-P/G -- 2.93 14 Ga. x 1" 7.75 8.93 3/8 2. Refer page 2 for size selection table for insulated /
SUC-60-P/G 6 3.16 14 Ga. x 1" 8.22 9.40 3/8 non-insulated pipes.
SUC-65-P/G -- 3.32 14 Ga. x 1.5" 8.50 9.68 3/8 3. Models SUC-25, SUC-34, SUC-50, SUC-67, SUC-75,
SUC-70-P/G -- 3.56 14 Ga. x 1.5" 9.25 10.4 3/8 SUC-100, SUC-110, SUC-147, SUC-170, SUC-180, SUC-190
SUC-77-P/G -- 3.87 14 Ga. x 1.5" 9.96 11.1 3/8 have been discontinued and may be sold till stocks last with
SUC-80-P/G 8 4.19 14 Ga. x 1.5" 10.2 11.4 3/8 factory / distributors
SUC-89-P/G -- 4.58 9 Ga. x 1.5" 11.6 13.2 1/2
SUC-95-P/G 10 5.05 9 Ga. x 1.5" 12.7 14.3 1/2 APPLICATION
SUC-105-P/G -- 5.59 9 Ga. x 1.5" 13.6 15.2 1/2 * Support, guide or anchor of insulated / non-insulated pipe
SUC-115-P/G -- 6.00 9 Ga. x 1.5" 14.5 16.1 1/2 flush with mounting surface.
SUC-120-P/G 12 6.20 9 Ga. x 1.5" 14.8 16.4 1/2
SUC-130-P/G -- 6.63 9 Ga. x 2" 16.1 18.1 5/8 MATERIALS
SUC-140-P/G 14 6.85 9 Ga. x 2" 16.6 18.5 5/8 Item Description
SUC-145-P/G -- 7.14 9 Ga. x 2" 17.2 19.1 5/8 Clamp Low carbon steel
SUC-155-P/G -- 7.59 9 Ga. x 2" 18.1 20.1 5/8
SUC-160-P/G 16 7.83 9 Ga. x 2" 18.3 20.5 5/8 FEATURES
SUC-165-P/G -- 8.18 9 Ga. x 2" 19.1 21.3 5/8 * Simple, quick installation.
SUC-175-P/G 18 8.60 9 Ga. x 2" 20.4 22.4 5/8 * Bracket can be welded directly to structure or bolted in place
SUC-185-P/G -- 9.15 9 Ga. x 2" 21.1 23.3 5/8 using mounting holes which are furnished as standard.
SUC-200-P/G 20 9.84 9 Ga. x 2" 22.3 24.5 5/8
SUC-210-P/G -- 10.30 9 Ga. x 2" 23.5 25.5 5/8
SUC-220-P/G -- 10.80 9 Ga. x 2" 24.3 26.5 5/8
SUC-230-P/G -- 11.30 9 Ga. x 2" 25.5 27.5 5/8
SUC-240-P/G 24 11.80 9 Ga. x 2" 26.3 28.5 5/8
SUC-280-P/G 28 13.80 9 Ga. x 2" 30.5 32.7 5/8
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : SUC Drawing no.

Client : U Clamp S-2736.21
SELECTION TABLE FOR COMMON PIPE / INSULATION SIZES

NOMINAL M.S. INSULATION THICKNESS
PIPE SIZE 0" 3/4" 1" 1 1/2" 2" 2 1/2" 3"
(inches)
1/2 SUC-05 SUC-20 SUC-22 SUC-30 SUC-40 SUC-52 SUC-60
3/4 SUC-07 SUC-22 SUC-27 SUC-35 SUC-45 SUC-52 SUC-65
1 SUC-10 SUC-22 SUC-27 SUC-35 SUC-45 SUC-55 SUC-65
1 1/4 SUC-12 SUC-27 SUC-30 SUC-40 SUC-52 SUC-60 SUC-70
8 SUC-80 n/a SUC-95 SUC-105 SUC-120 SUC-130 SUC-145
20 SUC-200 n/a SUC-220 SUC-230 SUC-240 n/a n/a
24 SUC-240 n/a n/a n/a SUC-280 n/a n/a
28 SUC-280 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
S-2736.21 - page 2 (Rev. 3)

MODEL SHIELD I.D. LENGTH

SIZE
(inches) (inches) (inches)
SIPS-15 1 1/2 1.90 3
SIPS-20 2 2.38 3
SIPS-25 2 1/2 2.88 4
SIPS-30 3 3.50 4
SIPS-35 3 1/2 4.00 4
SIPS-40 4 4.50 6
SIPS-45 4 1/2 5.00 6
SIPS-50 5 5.56 6
SIPS-60 6 6.64 6
SIPS-70 7 7.64 6
SIPS-80 8 8.64 6
SIPS-90 9 9.64 6
SIPS-100 10 10.76 6
SIPS-110 11 11.76 8
SIPS-120 12 12.76 8 MATERIALS
SIPS-140 14 14.00 8 Item Description
SIPS-150 15 15.00 8 Shield Galvanised steel
SIPS-160 16 16.00 8
SIPS-170 17 17.00 10
SIPS-180 18 18.00 10
SIPS-200 20 20.00 10
SIPS-220 22 22.00 10
SIPS-240 24 24.00 10
SIPS-300 30 30.00 12
SIPS-360 36 36.00 12
NOTES
1. Refer insulated pipe sizing charts for selection information.
APPLICATION
* Protection of foam, fiberglass, or high density insulation when used with pipe supports.
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : SIPS Drawing no.
Client : Short Insulation S-2739.01
Consultant : Protection Shield
MODEL SHIELD I.D. LENGTH

SIZE
IPS-15 1 1/2 1.90 12
IPS-20 2 2.38 12
IPS-25 2 1/2 2.88 12
IPS-30 3 3.50 12
IPS-35 3 1/2 4.00 12
IPS-40 4 4.50 12
IPS-45 4 1/2 5.00 12
IPS-50 5 5.56 12
IPS-60 6 6.64 12
IPS-70 7 7.64 18
IPS-80 8 8.64 18
IPS-90 9 9.64 18
IPS-100 10 10.76 18
IPS-110 11 11.76 24
IPS-120 12 12.76 24 MATERIALS
IPS-140 14 14.00 24 Item Description
IPS-150 15 15.00 24 Shield Galvanised steel
IPS-160 16 16.00 24
IPS-170 17 17.00 24 SPECIFICATIONS
IPS-180 18 18.00 24 * Complies with Federal Specification WW-H-171E (Type 41)
IPS-200 20 20.00 24 * Complies with Manufacturer's Standardization Society SP-69
IPS-220 22 22.00 24 & SP-58 (Type 40)
IPS-240 24 24.00 24
IPS-300 30 30.00 24
IPS-360 36 36.00 24
NOTES
1. Refer insulated pipe sizing charts for selection information.
APPLICATION
* Protection of insulation when used with pipe supports.
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : IPS Drawing no.
Client : Insulation Protection Shield S-2739.02
Consultant :
M.S. COPPER W
'T' - INSULATION THICKNESS (inches)
PIPE PIPE
SIZE SIZE
3/4" 1" 1 1/2" 2" 2 1/2" 3"
1/2" 7/8" HDRI-05-07 HDRI-05-10 HDRI-05-15 HDRI-05-20 HDRI-05-25 HDRI-05-30
3/4" 1 1/8" HDRI-07-07 HDRI-07-10 HDRI-07-15 HDRI-07-20 HDRI-07-25 HDRI-07-30
1" 1 3/8" HDRI-10-07 HDRI-10-10 HDRI-10-15 HDRI-10-20 HDRI-10-25 HDRI-10-30
1"
1 1/4" 1 5/8" HDRI-12-07 HDRI-12-10 HDRI-12-15 HDRI-12-20 HDRI-12-25 HDRI-12-30
1 1/2" HDRI-15-07 HDRI-15-10 HDRI-15-15 HDRI-15-20 HDRI-15-25 HDRI-15-30
2" HDRI-20-07 HDRI-20-10 HDRI-20-15 HDRI-20-20 HDRI-20-25 HDRI-20-30
2 1/2" 3" HDRI-25-07 HDRI-25-10 HDRI-25-15 HDRI-25-20 HDRI-25-25 HDRI-25-30
3" HDRI-30-07 HDRI-30-10 HDRI-30-15 HDRI-30-20 HDRI-30-25 HDRI-30-30
1 1/2"
4" HDRI-40-07 HDRI-40-10 HDRI-40-15 HDRI-40-20 HDRI-40-25 HDRI-40-30 NOTES
5" HDRI-50-07 HDRI-50-10 HDRI-50-15 HDRI-50-20 HDRI-50-25 HDRI-50-30 1. Select based on pipe size and
6" HDRI-60-07 HDRI-60-10 HDRI-60-15 HDRI-60-20 HDRI-60-25 HDRI-60-30 insulation thickness
8" HDRI-80-10 HDRI-80-15 HDRI-80-20 HDRI-80-25 HDRI-80-30
10" HDRI-100-10 HDRI-100-15 HDRI-100-20 HDRI-100-25 HDRI-100-30 APPLICATION
12" HDRI-120-10 HDRI-120-15 HDRI-120-20 HDRI-120-25 HDRI-120-30 * Substitute of insulaton when used
14" HDRI-140-10 HDRI-140-15 HDRI-140-20 HDRI-140-25 HDRI-140-30 with pipe supports / hangers
16" HDRI-160-20 HDRI-160-25 HDRI-160-30 (normally used in conjunction with
18" HDRI-180-20 HDRI-180-25 HDRI-180-30 model PSL pipe clamp)
20" HDRI-200-20 HDRI-200-25 HDRI-200-30
22" HDRI-220-20 HDRI-220-25 HDRI-220-30 FEATURES
2"
24" HDRI-240-20 HDRI-240-25 HDRI-240-30 * Low thermal conductivity
26" HDRI-260-20 HDRI-260-25 HDRI-260-30 * High load bearing capacity
28" HDRI-280-20 HDRI-280-25 HDRI-280-30 * Excellent chemical and water
30" HDRI-300-20 HDRI-300-25 HDRI-300-30 resistance
32" HDRI-320-20 HDRI-320-25 HDRI-320-30 * Corrosion proof (no metal
34" HDRI-340-20 HDRI-340-25 HDRI-340-30 components)
36" HDRI-360-20 HDRI-360-25 HDRI-360-30 * Simple field installation (exclusive
42" HDRI-420-20 HDRI-420-25 HDRI-420-30 tongue and groove design)
48" HDRI-480-20 HDRI-480-25 HDRI-480-30
SPECIFICATIONS
* Complies with load bearing capacity safety factors as per Federal Specification WW-H-171E and Manufacturer's Standardization Society SP-69 & SP-58
* Density: 1200 - 1400 kg/m³
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : HDRI Drawing no.

Client : High Density Rubber Insert S-2739.06
Consultant :

SIZE A B C D LOAD
(inches) (Axle dia.) (lbs)
LR-20-P/G 2 1 9/16 1 1/16 3/8 2 5/8 300
LR-25-P/G 2 1/2 1 7/8 1 1/4 1/2 3 1/8 660
LR-30-P/G 3 2 3/16 1 3/8 1/2 3 3/4 700
LR-35-P/G 3 1/2 2 1/2 1 1/2 1/2 4 1/4 750
LR-40-P/G 4 2 3/4 1 19/32 1/2 4 3/4 750
LR-50-P/G 5 3 3/8 1 7/8 5/8 5 13/16 750
LR-60-P/G 6 3 15/16 2 1/8 3/4 6 7/8 1070
LR-80-P/G 8 5 1/16 2 5/8 7/8 8 7/8 1350
LR-100-P/G 10 6 1/4 3 3/16 7/8 11 1730
LR-120-P/G 12 7 3/8 3 3/4 1 13 2400
LR-140-P/G 14 8 1/4 4 3/8 1 1/8 14 1/4 3130
LR-160-P/G 16 9 1/4 4 5/8 1 1/4 16 1/4 3970
LR-180-P/G 18 10 3/8 5 1/8 1 1/4 18 1/4 4200 MATERIALS
LR-200-P/G 20 11 1/2 5 5/8 1 3/8 20 1/4 4550 Item Description
LR-240-P/G 24 13 13/16 6 3/4 1 1/2 24 1/4 6160 Roller Cast Iron
LR-300-P/G 30 17 1/4 8 1/2 1 3/4 30 1/4 6160
NOTES
APPLICATION
* Suppoort of insulated / non-insulated pipes where longitiudinal movement, due to
expansion and contraction, may occur.
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : LR Drawing no.

Client : Long Roller

SIZE B C D LOAD
(inches) (Axle dia.) (lbs)
2 1 7/8 1/2 2 3/4 390
2 1/2 1 7/8 1/2 2 3/4 390
SR-20.35-P/G
3 1 7/8 1/2 2 3/4 390
3 1/2 1 7/8 1/2 2 3/4 390
4 2 1/16 1/2 3 3/4 950
SR-40.60-P/G 5 2 1/16 1/2 3 3/4 950
6 2 1/16 1/2 3 3/4 950
8 3 1/4 3/4 6 2100
SR-80.100-P/G
10 3 1/4 3/4 6 2100
12 4 7/8 8 3075
SR-120.140-P/G
14 4 7/8 8 3075
16 4 1/2 1 1/8 9 4980
SR-160.200-P/G 18 4 1/2 1 1/8 9 4980 MATERIALS
20 4 1/2 1 1/8 9 4980 Item Description
22 4 7/16 1 1/4 10 6100 Roller Cast Iron
SR-220.240-P/G
24 4 7/16 1 1/4 10 6100
26 5 1/2 1 3/4 12 1/2 7500 NOTES
SR-260.300-P/G 28 5 1/2 1 3/4 12 1/2 7500 1. Choose appropriate model for required finish:
30 5 1/2 1 3/4 12 1/2 7500 P - Plain , G - Galvanized
36 6 2 14 7/8 12000 2. Refer protection shield catalogs for sizing information for insulated pipes.
38 6 2 14 7/8 12000
SR-360.420-P/G
40 6 2 14 7/8 12000 APPLICATION
42 6 2 14 7/8 12000 * Support of insulated / non-insulated pipes where longitudinal movement,
48 7 13/32 2 17 12000 due to expansion and contraction, may occur.
SR-440.600-P/G 54 7 13/32 2 17 12000
60 7 13/32 2 17 12000
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : SR Drawing no.

Client : Short Roller
MODEL ROD SIZE PART DIMENSIONS (inches) MAX. LOAD

A B C D E TOP BOTOM
(inches) (lbs) (lbs)
JBC-03-P/G 3/8 1 1/2 1 7/16 3/4 1 3/16 500 250
JBC-05-P/G 1/2 1 5/8 1 1/2 3/4 1 1/4 950 760
JBC-06-P/G 5/8 1 3/4 1 1/2 3/4 1 3/32 800 620
JBC-07-P/G 3/4 2 1/4 1 3/4 1 1/16 1 5/16 800 620
JBC-08-P/G 7/8 2 1/4 1 3/4 1 1/16 1 5/16 800 620
NOTES
2. Table lists maximum recommended loading for top and bottom attachments.
(Figure on right shows top attachment)
APPLICATION
* For attachment of support hangar rods to top or bottom of structural materials: beams MATERIALS
channels, angles etc. Suitable for structural materials up to 3/4" thick. Item Description
Clamp Cast Iron
SPECIFICATIONS Bolt + nut Low carbon steel
* Complies with Federal Specification WW-H-171 (Type 19 & 23)
* Complies with Manufacturer's Standardization Society SP-69 & SP-58 (Type 19 & 23) FEATURES
* Reversible design allows attachement to top or bottom of
structural materials.
* Provides for hangar rod offset from edge of beam/angle.
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : JBC Drawing no.

Client : Junior Beam Clamp

SIZE A B D E H LOAD
(inches) (lbs)
UB-05-P/G 1/2 1/4 15/16 2 3/8 2 3/4 3 7/16 435
UB-07-P/G 3/4 1/4 1 1/8 2 3/8 2 3/4 3 9/16 435
UB-10-P/G 1 1/4 1 3/8 2 3/8 2 3/4 3 11/16 435
UB-12-P/G 1 1/4 3/8 1 11/16 2 3/8 2 7/8 4 1/8 1090
UB-15-P/G 1 1/2 3/8 2 2 1/2 3 4 3/8 1090
UB-20-P/G 2 3/8 2 7/16 2 5/8 3 1/4 4 7/8 1090
UB-25-P/G 2 1/2 1/2 2 15/16 3 3 3/4 5 3/4 2020
UB-30-P/G 3 1/2 3 9/16 3 4 6 1/4 2020
UB-35-P/G 3 1/2 1/2 4 1/16 3 4 1/4 6 13/16 2020
UB-40-P/G 4 1/2 4 9/16 3 4 1/2 7 1/4 2020
UB-50-P/G 5 1/2 5 5/8 3 5 8 5/16 2020
UB-60-P/G 6 5/8 6 3/4 3 3/4 6 1/8 10 1/16 3230
UB-80-P/G 8 5/8 8 3/4 3 3/4 7 1/8 12 1/8 3230 MATERIALS
UB-100-P/G 10 3/4 10 7/8 4 8 3/8 14 9/16 4830 Item Description
UB-120-P/G 12 7/8 12 7/8 4 1/4 9 5/8 16 15/16 6730 U bolt + nuts Low carbon steel
UB-140-P/G 14 7/8 14 1/8 4 1/4 10 1/4 18 13/16 6730
UB-160-P/G 16 7/8 16 1/8 4 3/4 11 1/4 22 3/16 6730 FEATURES
UB-180-P/G 18 1 18 1/8 4 3/4 12 5/8 22 11/16 8850 * Chair can be welded directly to structure or bolted in
UB-200-P/G 20 1 20 1/8 4 3/4 13 5/8 24 11/16 8850 place using mounting holes which are furnished as
UB-240-P/G 24 1 24 1/8 4 3/4 15 5/8 28 11/16 8850 standard.
UB-300-P/G 30 1 30 1/8 4 3/4 18 5/8 34 11/16 8850
UB-320-P/G 32 1 32 1/8 4 3/4 20 5/8 36 11/16 8850
SPECIFICATIONS
NOTES * Complies with Federal Specification WW-H-171-E (Type 24)
1. Choose appropriate model for required finish: * Complies with Manufacturer's Standardiziation Society SP-69 &
P - Plain , G - Galvanized SP-58 (Type 24)
APPLICATION
* Support, guide, or anchor of insulated / non-insulated pipes.
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : UB Drawing no.

Client : U Bolt
NOMINAL MS INSULATION THICKNESS (inches)

PIPE SIZE 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 1 1/2 2 2 1/2 3
(inches)
1/2 12 15 20 25 35 50 60 80
3/4 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 80
1 20 20 25 30 40 50 60 80
1 1/4 20 25 30 35 50 60 80 80
1 1/2 25 25 30 35 50 60 80 80
2 30 30 35 40 50 60 80 80
2 1/2 35 35 40 50 60 80 80 100
3 40 40 50 50 60 80 80 100
3 1/2 50 50 50 60 80 80 100 100
4 50 50 60 60 80 80 100 100
5 60 60 70 80 80 100 100 120
6 - 80 80 80 100 100 120 120
8 - 100 100 100 120 120 140 140
10 - 120 120 120 140 140 160 160
12 - 140 140 140 160 160 180 180
14 - 160 160 160 180 180 200 200
16 - 180 180 180 200 200 240 240
18 - 200 200 200 240 240 240 240
20 - 240 240 240 240 240 300 300
24 - 300 300 300 300 300 300 300
NOTES :
1. Consult factory for larger pipe sizes.
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : Insulated Pipe Sizing Chart Drawing no.
Client : (supports, hangars, shields) S-2739.99
Consultant :
Duct
Accessories
DESCRIPTION: VIMCO self-adhesive hanger pins are insulation hangers with a self-stick base. They are designed to adhere
insulation to clean metal surfaces.
MATERIAL OF CONSTRUCTION "self-loc " washer

NAIL SCT: Copper coated steel, threaded
SCP: Copper coated steel, plain
SST: Steel, threaded
SSP: Steel, plain
ACT: Copper coated aluminum, threaded
ACP: Copper coated aluminum, plain
AAT: Aluminum, threaded
AAP: Aluminum, plain How to Order:
BASE Galvanized steel sheet with pressure sensitive SCT - 1515 - 07
self-adhesive film protected by wax paper
WASHER Galvanized steel sheet Nail Material Nail Length
SCT 07 - 3/4"
SCP 10 - 1"
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS: SST 12 - 1 1/4"
1. Ensure metal surface is flat, smooth, clean and dry. SSP 15 - 1 1/2"
2. Remove release wax paper. Do not touch adhesive surface with fingers. ACT 17 - 1 3/4"
3. Press firmly onto base, pressing straight down. ACP 20 - 2"
4. Position insulation over pins, and press until insulation sets against base AAT 25 - 2 1/2"
5. Fit "self-loc " washers to the pins and press up to insulation surface. AAP Base Size
(Do not compress insulation) 1515 - 1 3/8" x 1 3/8"
6. Overhang length of steel nails should be cut off. Overhang length of 2020 - 2" x 2"
aluminum nails can be bent by hand or cut off.
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : Self-Adhesive Hanger Pins Drawing no.

Client : with "self-loc " washers S-2800.01
Consultant :
Air
Mounts
FEATURES
* Air-cushioned isolation
* Low natural frequency (3~5 Hz at operating load)
* High deflection
* Neoprene padded top and bottom base
* Heavy wall construction
BENEFITS
* High lateral stability
* Low maintenance
* Extends machinery life
* Combined resiliency and air prevents drift or permanent set
* Wide load range available
APPLICATIONS
* Air compressors
* CMM machinery
* Forging hammers
* Industrial euipment, tools and machinery
MODEL NO. LOAD RANGE PART DIMENSIONS (inches) BOLT SIZE

A B C D E F G
(lbs)
AMA-2 100 - 200 4.92 3.94 0.47 1.97 3.94 3.90 3.10 M10 x 40
AMA-4 200 - 400 4.92 3.94 0.47 2.36 3.94 3.90 3.10 M12 x 50
AMA-8 400 - 800 6.30 4.92 0.47 3.54 5.43 3.90 3.10 M12 x 50
AMA-15 800 - 1500 7.87 6.30 0.47 4.33 6.46 3.90 3.10 M12 x 50
AMA-25 1400 - 2500 9.84 7.87 0.55 5.91 8.35 3.90 3.10 M16 x 60
AMA-45 2400 - 4500 13.78 11.81 0.55 9.45 12.36 3.90 3.10 M16 x 60
AMA-75 4000 - 7500 17.72 15.75 0.55 12.99 16.22 3.90 3.10 M16 x 60
Resilient Element Neoprene N.T.S.

Metal Structire Structural Steel
Environmental Data -20 °F to + 180 °F
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : AMA Drawing no.

Client : Air Mount S-2900.01
Consultant :
FEATURES
* Air-cushioned isolation with liquid filled dampers
* High deflection
BENEFITS
* Low maintenance
APPLICATIONS
* Air compressors
* CMM machinery
* Forging hammers
MODEL NO. LOAD RANGE PART DIMENSIONS (inches)

(lbs) A
AMB-25 1400 - 2500 11.80
AMB-45 2400-4500 15.70
AMB-75 4000-7500 19.70
Resilient Element Neoprene

Environmental Data -20 °F to + 180 °F N.T.S.
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : AMB Drawing no.

Consultant :
FEATURES
* Air-cushioned isolation with internal viscous damping
* High deflection
BENEFITS
* Low maintenance
APPLICATIONS
* Air compressors
* CMM machinery
* Forging hammers
MODEL NO. LOAD RANGE PART DIMENSIONS (inches)

(lbs) A B
AMC-25 1400 - 2500 9.84 7.87
AMC-45 2400 - 4500 13.78 11.81
Resilient Element Neoprene

Environmental Data -20 °F to + 180 °F
N.T.S.
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : AMC Drawing no.

Consultant :
Bases &
Rails
MANUFACTURER:
PUMP MODEL:
FRAME MODEL:
KW / HP:
RPM:
PUMP WEIGHT:
PIPING WEIGHT:
BASE WEIGHT:
TOTAL WEIGHT:
LOC. LOAD ISOLATOR DEFL.
1
2
3
4
" REBAR ON " CENTERS
OPERATING HEIGHT:
ANCHOR BOLTS
NUMBER:
DIAMETER:
N.T.S PROJECTION:
ANCHOR BOLTS BY
N.T.S
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : INERTIA BASE Drawing no.

Client : (4 Support points) S-3000.01
Consultant :
MANUFACTURER:
PUMP MODEL:
FRAME MODEL:
KW / HP:
RPM:
PUMP WEIGHT:
PIPING WEIGHT:
BASE WEIGHT:
TOTAL WEIGHT:
1
2
3
4
5
6
" REBAR ON " CENTERS
OPERATING HEIGHT:
ANCHOR BOLTS
N.T.S NUMBER:
DIAMETER:
PROJECTION:
ANCHOR BOLTS BY
N.T.S
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : INERTIA BASE Drawing no.

Consultant :
ROOF CURB DIMENSIONS
T W
Shipping
UNIT TAG QTY EQUIPMENT MAKE/MODEL L W T Sections
* UPTO " TOTAL AT ADDITIONAL COST
NOTE:
1 FREE STANDING AND STABLE SPRINGS SELECTED AND SPACED BY VIMCO TO PROVIDE DEFLECTION.
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : AR Drawing no.

Client : Isolation Rails S-3000.11
Consultant :
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : AR Drawing no.

Client : Roof Curb S-3000.16
Consultant : With Internal Restraint
MANUFACTURER:
PUMP MODEL:
FRAME MODEL:
KW / HP:
RPM:
PUMP WEIGHT:
PIPING WEIGHT:
BASE WEIGHT:
TOTAL WEIGHT:
1
2
3
4
FRAME MEMBERS:
CROSS MEMBERS
ISOLATOR MOUNTING CLIP:
N.T.S
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : FRAME BASE Drawing no.

Consultant :
Seismic
Restraints
ISOLATOR RATED SOLID SEISMIC

MODEL LOAD LOAD G'
(lbs) (lbs) RATING
SSM-1-150 83 125 48.75
SSM-1-151 150 225 26.98
SSM-1-152 216 325 18.73
SSM-1-153 300 450 13.49
SSM-1-154 400 600 10.11
SSM-1-155 500 750 8.09
SSM-1-156 600 900 6.74
SSM-1-157 733 1100 5.52
SSM-1-158 1200 1800 3.37
SSM-1-159 1666 2500 2.42
SSM-1-150-161 481 722 8.41
SSM-1-151-161 532 799 7.60
SSM-1-152-161 597 896 6.77
SSM-1-153-161 666 1000 6.07
SSM-1-154-161 750 1125 5.39
SSM-1-155-161 871 1307 4.64
SSM-1-156-161 1016 1525 3.98
SSM-1-157-161 1108 1663 3.65
SSM-1-158-161 1616 2425 2.50
SSM-1-159-161 2083 3125 1.94
N.T.S G ratings based on attachment to steel. For concrete, ratings will be controlled by
attachment methods + concrete strength.
NOTES
1. Isolators have a min. operating Kx/Ky ratio of 1.0 FEATURES
2. Springs have 50% additional travel to solid beyond rated load. * Built-in leveling device
3. Isolators should be selected in the range of -30% to +25% of rated load. * Mounting holes furnished as standard
4. Consult spring chart for isolator performance data. * Zinc metallized finish
5. All isolators certified to withstand minimum 1.0 G force. * High deflection, low natural frequency
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : SSM-1 Drawing no.

Client : Seismic Spring Mount S-3100.01
Consultant :

MODEL LOAD LOAD 'G'
(lbs) (lbs) RATING
SSMA-1-121 40 60 96.95
SSMA-1-122 66 100 58.75
SSMA-1-123 110 165 35.25
SSMA-1-124 173 260 22.41
SSMA-1-125 246 370 15.76
SSMA-1-126 300 450 12.92
SSMA-1-127 560 840 6.92
G ratings based on attachment to steel. For concrete, ratings will be controlled by
FEATURES
N.T.S * Mounting holes furnished as standard
5. Housing will be elevated from ground when installed. Pull down to floor with anchor bolts.
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : SSMA-1 Drawing no.

Consultant :

MODEL LOAD LOAD G'
(lbs) (lbs) RATING
SSM-1-140 66 100 61.31
SSM-1-141 133 200 30.42
SSM-1-142 250 375 16.18
SSM-1-143 333 500 12.15
SSM-1-144 476 714 8.50
SSM-1-147 953 1430 4.24
SSM-1-148A 1261 1892 3.20
SSM-1-140-146B 460 690 8.79
SSM-1-141-146B 518 778 7.81
SSM-1-142-146B 650 976 6.22
SSM-1-143-146B 733 1100 5.52
SSM-1-144-146B 876 1314 4.61
SSM-1-147-146B 1353 2030 2.99
SSM-1-148A-146B 1661 2492 2.43
FEATURES
N.T.S * Zinc metallized finish
NOTES * Spring elements color-coded for easy field verification
5. All isolators certified to withstand minimum 1.0 G force.

Consultant :

MODEL LOAD LOAD G'
(lbs) (lbs) RATING
SSM-1-181 86 130 47.05
SSM-1-182 133 200 30.42
SSM-1-183 180 270 22.48
SSM-1-184 266 400 15.21
SSM-1-185 486 730 8.32
SSM-1-186 713 1070 5.67
SSM-1-187 926 1390 4.37
SSM-1-181-199 593 890 6.82
SSM-1-182-199 633 950 6.39
SSM-1-183-199 683 1025 5.92
SSM-1-184-199 783 1175 5.16
SSM-1-185-199 933 1400 4.33
SSM-1-186-199 1233 1850 3.28
SSM-1-187-199 1460 2190 2.77
FEATURES
N.T.S * Zinc metallized finish
NOTES * Spring elements color-coded for easy field verification
5. All isolators certified to withstand minimum 1.0 G force.

Consultant :
MODEL PART DIMENSIONS (inches) CABLE MAXIMUM

ROD / BOLT A B DIA. DESIGN LOAD
SIZE (inches) (lbs)
SCRS-01-04 3/8
SCRS-01-05 1/2
4 5/16 2 1/8 975
SCRS-01-06 5/8
SCRS-01-07 3/4
SCRS-02-04 3/8
SCRS-02-05 1/2 FEATURES
5 2 1/4 3/16 2050
SCRS-02-06 5/8 * Quick installation (no shackles, thimbles, u-bolts, clevis angles....)
SCRS-02-07 3/4 * Cable easily slides into oversized front arch opening.
SCRS-03-04 3/8 * Breakaway hexnuts assure verification of proper installation.
SCRS-03-05 1/2 * Will swivel to final installation angle
5 2 5/8 1/4 3150
SCRS-03-06 5/8 * Low carbon steel, electro-galvanized finish
SCRS-03-07 3/4
APPLICATION
NOTES * For attachment of sway brace to structure or to hanger. Typically
1. Maximum load rating based on cable breaking strength. used with 7x19 strand core pre-stretched galvanized aircraft cable
TYPICAL INSTALLATIONS
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : SCRS Drawing no.

Client : Seismic Cable Restraint
Consultant : System S-3100.31
MODEL ROD / BOLT CABLE MAXIMUM ROD/ BOLT CODES

SIZE DIA. DESIGN LOAD CODE SIZE
(inches) (inches) (lbs) (inches)
SCRSA-00-xx 1/4" - 1 1/4" 3/32 600 02 1/4"
SCRSA-01-xx 1/4" - 1 1/4" 1/8 1100 04 3/8"
SCRSA-02-xx 1/4" - 1 1/4" 3/16 2667 05 1/2"
SCRSA-03-xx 1/4" - 1 1/4" 1/4 4400 06 5/8"
07 3/4"
NOTES 08 7/8"
1. While ordering specify rod/bolt size code in place of "xx" 10 1"
e.g. for 1/8" cable with 3/8" bolt order SCRSA-01-04 12 1 1/4"
2. Maximum load rating based on cable breaking strength.
3. Each SCRSA assembly is supplied with 1 or 2 oval sleeves (depending on application)
4. For best results use VIMCO model SCCT crimping tools. FEATURES
5. Also available in retrofit models. Contact factory for information. * Complies with ASCE 19 and SMACNA Restraint Manual as required by
FEMA, NEHRP, IBC, OSHPD, UNC, BOCA, SBCCI, other Building Codes
APPLICATION * Permanent end fitting
* For permanent attachment of cable brace to structure / equipment. Design * Maintains break strength of cable and does not require thimbles
for use with 7x19 strand core pre-stretched galvanized aircraft cable. * (2) SCRSA's can be stacked on single rod to make a 4-way brace
* Simple installation
TYPICAL CONNECTION DETAILS
CONNECTION TO EQUIPMENT / CONNECTION TO STRUCTURE CONNECTION TO STRUCTURE

SUPPORT MEMBER (Concrete deck) (Steel beam)
see reverse for typical applications
Notes / Remarks : Project Title : SCRSA Drawing no.
Client Seismic Cable Restraint
Consultant System S-3100.32
Representative Rev. 1
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
DUCT CEILING HUNG EQUIPMENT
LIGHT FIXTURES
TRAPEZE HANGER INLINE FAN
CABLE TRAY CLEVIS HANGER INLINE PUMP
S-3100.32 - page 2 (Rev. 1)

DESCRIPTION: VIMCO model SNB3-3050 is an all-directional (3-axis) device designed to restrain and decelerate motion of resiliently
mounted equipment resulting from external loads or seismic activity, to acceptable limits. The device consists of
interlocking welded steel members, separated by a molded neoprene insert. Neoprene element is designed to prevent
direct metal to metal contact between 2 steel members, and provide a minimum of 3/4" snubbing material in all directions.
Device is manufactured to allow free unrestricted movement of equipment of not less than 1/8", limited to a maximum of
1/4" before coming in to contact with energy absorbing neoprene insert. Design also allows for removal of neoprene
element for visual inspection and/or replacement.
INSTALLATION:
1. SNB3-3050 should be installed only after isolated equipment
is mounted, leveled, connected to utilities and ready for operation.
2. Determine location points of SNB3-3050 from submittal drawings
or as follows:
a. 2 snubbers: Install snubbers at midpoint of length of equipment.
b. 4 snubbers: Install snubbers as close to corners (1 on each side)
3. Construct housekeeping pads with cast-in restraint attachment
plates / sized to provide minimum embedment+edge distances as
per certified seismic calculations.
4. Set lower member on floor close to its mounting location.
5. Place top member on side of equipment base, with 1" gap between
bottom edge of top member and floor. Bolt/weld to side of base.
6. Adjust bottom member so that neoprene element is centered
within steel cylinder (edge of bottom member base plate should be
a distance of 1" from vertical equipment base surface). Bolt/weld
to floor structure.
7. Bolts should be through bolts (A307 or better) and should
connect to structural steel capable of withstanding maximum
MAXIMUM APPROVED LOADS: loads that can be developed by equipment.
HORIZONTAL 3050 lbs
VERTICAL 3050 lbs
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : SNB3-3050 Drawing no.

Client : All-Directional (3 axis) S-3100.51
Consultant : Seismic Snubber

MODEL LOAD LOAD
(lbs) (lbs)
TR-121 40 60
TR-122 66 100
TR-123 110 165
TR-124 173 260
TR-125 246 370
TR-126 300 450
TR-127 560 840
NOTES FEATURES
1. Springs have 50% additional travel to solid beyond rated load. * Large diameter laterally stable springs
2. Consult spring chart for isolator performance data. * Weld-free construction
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : TR Drawing no.

Client : Thrust restraint S-3100.95

MODEL LOAD LOAD
(lbs) (lbs)
TR-140 66 100
TR-141 133 200
TR-142 250 375
TR-143 333 500
TR-144 476 714
TR-147 953 1430
TR-148A 1261 1892
TR-140-146B 460 690
TR-141-146B 518 778
TR-142-146B 650 976
TR-143-146B 733 1100
TR-144-146B 876 1314
TR-147-146B 1353 2030
TR-148A-146B 1661 2492
NOTES FEATURES
1. Springs have 50% additional travel to solid beyond rated load. * Large diameter laterally stable springs
2. Consult spring chart for isolator performance data. * Weld-free construction
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : TR Drawing no.

Client : Thrust restraint S-3100.96
INSTALLATION
INSTRUCTIONS
* Figure shown is single spring isolator. Installation instructions remain the same for multiple spring isolators.
1. Coordinate location of each isolator with project submittals.
2. For external adjustment : Unscrew height adjustment bolt from isolator.

For internal adjustment : Screw the height adjustment bolt clockwise as far as possible.
3. Raise and block equipment to isolator free height, and place isolators underneath equipment.
4. For external adjustment : Insert the height adjustment bolt through the equipment hole from above and turn clockwise
through the isolator upper housing till upper housing rises and touches equipment base.
For internal adjustment : Turn the height adjustment bolt counter-clockwise till isolator upper housing rises and touches
equipment base.
5. Repeat step 4 for all isolators.
6. Repeat height adjustment process in step 4 gradually on all isolators till equipment just lifts of temporary blocks and is
level. Do NOT overload one isolator, but distribute weight proportionally by turning each isolator height adjustment
bolt one or two full turns in sequence.
7. Do NOT shift equipment laterally while it is supported on isolators.
8. Anchor isolator bottom housing to structure (if required per project specifications).
9. Housed spring mounts are designed for temporary, light lateral movement e.g. during equipment startup. They are not
designed for seismic duty.

Project : Title : Zx, Ax Drawing no.
Client : Housed Spring Mount I-200001.01
Consultant : Installation Instructions
* Figures shown are single spring isolators. Installation instructions remain the same for multiple spring isolators.
2. Remove lockdown bolt/nut on each isolator and screw the height adjustment bolt/nut clockwise as far as possible.
4. Turn the height adjustment bolt/nut counter-clockwise till it touches equipment base. Repeat for all isolators.
5. Attach lockdown fasteners to each isolator and hand-tighten.
6. Continue to turn height adjustment bolt/nut counter-clockwise gradually on all isolators till equipment just lifts of
temporary blocks and is level. Do NOT overload one isolator, but distribute weight proportionally by turning each
isolator height adjustment bolt/nut one or two full turns in sequence.
8. Anchor isolator base plate to structure (if required per project specifications).
9. Tighten lockdown bolt/nut securing equipment to isolator.
10. Free-standing spring mounts are NOT designed to withstand any lateral forces.

Project : Title : Bx, OSM Drawing no.
Client : Free-Standing Spring Mount I-202501.01
2. Remove lockdown bolt on each isolator and screw the height adjustment bolt clockwise as far as possible.
4. Attach lockdown bolt to each isolator and hand-tighten.
5. Turn the height adjustment bolt counter-clockwise till it touches equipment base. Repeat for all isolators.
6. Continue to turn height adjustment bolt counter-clockwise gradually on all isolators till equipment just lifts of
temporary blocks and is level. Do NOT overload one isolator, but distribute weight proportionally by turning each
isolator height adjustment bolt one or two full turns in sequence.
TM TM
8. Adjust RESTRICTO assembly limiting nuts (lower) to project specified clearance from RESTRICTO bracket
(standard: ¼", maximum: ½"). Turn RESTRICTO TM assembly locknuts (upper) till they lock with the limiting nuts.
9. Anchor isolator bottom housing to structure (if required per project specifications).
10. Tighten lockdown bolt securing equipment to isolator.
11. Restrained spring mounts are NOT designed to withstand any lateral forces.

Project : Title : RSM Drawing no.
Client : Restrained Spring Mount I-207501.01
* All-thread rods, level adjustment nuts, upper level adjustment washer by others.
2. Attach hanger box to upper all-thread rod which should already be attached to structure.
3. Align lower all-thread rod through center of hanger box bottom hole and attach to lower level adjustment nut.
4. Elevate equipment, duct or pipe and attach to lower all-thread rod. Be careful not to overload any one hanger.
5. If necessary, adjust level of equipment, duct or pipe with lower/upper level adjustment nuts.
6. Check to ensure adequate horizontal clearance between lower all-thread rod and bottom hole of hanger box.

Project : Title : HSx, HNSx Drawing no.
Client : Spring + Neospring Hanger I-210001.01
2. Raise equipment and place isolators under load points in equipment base. Lift evenly around equipment; do NOT
raise equipment via one lifting point.
3. Lower equipment gradually on isolators.
Note: Isolator loading indicated in product submittals is applicable to loaded-area of pad only and NOT to full pad area. To
ensure proper pad loading, equipment base width must be equal to or greater than mounting pad width. Alternatively
weld a steel plate (of sufficient thickness/strength) of same sizes as pad underneath equipment base at load point.

Project : Title : CRMP, RMP, ECRMP, SRMP, 3RFP Drawing no.
Client : Mounting Pad I-220001.01
* Lockdown bolt, washer typically by others.
2. Raise equipment and place isolators under load points in equipment base. Lift evenly around equipment; do NOT
raise equipment via one lifting point.
3. Lower equipment gradually on isolators.
5. Attach lockdown fastener and secure equipment to isolator (if required per project specificatons).
6. Anchor isolator base plate to structure (if required per project specifications).
7. Rubber in shear mounts are NOT designed to withstand any lateral forces.
Note: Rubber in shear mounts should NOT be used for equipment with uneven weight distribution at isolator support points,
since rubber in shear mounts do not have height adustment / equipment levelling mechanisms.

Project : Title : FMD, APM Drawing no.
Client : Rubber-In-Shear Mount I-222501.01
* All-thread rods, level adjustment nuts and washers by others.
2. Attach hanger box to upper all-thread rod which should already be attached to structure.
3. Align lower all-thread rod through center of hanger box bottom hole and attach to lower level adjustment nut.
4. Elevate equipment, duct or pipe and attach to lower all-thread rod. Be careful not to overload any one hanger.
5. If necessary, adjust level of equipment, duct or pipe with lower/upper level adjustment nuts.
6. Check to ensure adequate horizontal clearance between lower all-thread rod and bottom hole of hanger box.

Project : Title : HND, APH Drawing no.
Client : Rubber-In-Shear Hanger I-230001.01
* All-thread rods, level adjustment nut+washer, equipment channel, strut by others.
1. Coordinate location of each AVHM isolator with project submittals.
2. Elevate equipment and pass all-thread rod through equipment mounting hole.
3. Place AVHM isolator through all-thread rod below equipment mounting hole.
4. Secure with level adjustment nut + washer.
5. If necessary, adjust equipment level by the level adjustment nut below the AVHM isolator.

Project : Title : AVHM Drawing no.
Client : Anti-Vibration Hanger Mount I-230011.01
STORAGE:
1. Store expansion joints in a dry/cool location such as a warehouse.
2. Store flange face down on a pallet or wooden platform.
3. Do not store other heavy items on top of expansion joint(s).
4. Ten-year shelf life can be expected with ideal conditions.
HANDLING:
Do not lift with ropes or bars through the bolt holes. If lifting through the bore, use padding or a saddle to distribute the weight. Do not let expansion joints sit vertically
on the edges of the flanges for any period of time.
SERVICE CONDITIONS:
Make sure the expansion joint rating for temperature, pressure, vacuum* movements and selection of elastomeric materials match the system requirements. Contact
the manufacturer if the system requirements exceed those of the expansion joint selected. (*Vacuum service for spherical rubber connectors: Vacuum rating is based
on neutral installed length, without external load. These products should not be installed "extended" on vacuum applications.)
ALIGNMENT:
Expansion joints are not designed to make up for piping misalignment errors. Pipe misalignment should be no more than 1/8" in any direction.
ANCHORING:
Anchors are required whenever a piping system changes direction. Expansion joints should be located as close as possible to anchor points. If an anchoring system is
not used, it is recommended that control rods be installed on the expansion joint to prevent excessive movements from occurring due to pressure thrust of the line.
PIPE SUPPORT:
Piping must be supported so expansion joints do not carry any pipe weight.
MATING FLANGES:
Install the expansion joint flange against the mating pipe flanges and install bolts so that the bolt head is against the expansion joint flange. Bolts should be installed
from the arch side (so that the bolt heads are adjacent to the arch) to insure that the bolts do not interfere with the arch during periods of compression.
Flange-to-flange dimensions of the expansion joint must match the required opening. The rubber expansion joint must be compressed 1/8" to 3/16" during installation
in order to obtain a correct installed face-to-face dimension.
Make sure mating flanges are clean and are flat faced type. When attaching beaded end flanged expansion joints to raised face flanges, the use of ring gaskets is
required, to prevent metal flange faces from cutting the rubber bead during installation.
Never install expansion joints next to flangeless wafer type check or butterfly valves. Serious damage to the rubber flange bead can result due to an absence of a
flange-to-flange mating surface and/or proper bolt connection.
WARNING: Expansion joints may operate in pipelines or equipment carrying fluids and/or gases at elevated temperatures and pressures and may transport
hazardous materials. Precautions should be taken to protect personnel in the event of leakage or splash. Rubber expansion joints should not be
installed in inaccessible areas where inspection is impossible.
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : RUBBER Drawing no.

Client : EXPANSION JOINTS I-250001.01
Consultant : Installation Instructions (2 pages)
BOLT TORQUE:
Below are the minimum recommended torque values for non-metallic expansion joints with beaded end type flanges to achieve an adequate seal:
Sizes Recommended Torque
1" thru 6" 10 ft/lbs
Tighten bolts in stages by alternating around the flange. Use recommended torque values above to achieve a good seal. Never tighten an expansion joint to the point
that there is metal-to-metal contact between the expansion joint flange and the mating flange. NOTE: Over torquing bolts can cause deformation of the rubber
expansion joint flanges, thus resulting in possible premature failure.
ADDITIONAL TIPS:
1. Insulation over a non-metallic rubber expansion joint is not recommended; however, if the insulation is required, it should be made removable to permit easy
access to the flange area, to check bolting.
2. It is acceptable (but not necessary) to lubricate the expansion joint flanges with a thin film of graphite dispersed in glycerin or water to ease disassembly at a
later time.
3. Do not weld in the near vicinity of a non-metallic expansion joint.
4. If an expansion joint is to be installed underground, or will be submerged in water, contact the manufacturer for specific guidelines.
5. If the expansion joint will be installed outdoors, make sure the cover material will withstand ozone, sunlight, etc. Materials such as Neoprene and Chlorobutyl are
recommended, Materials painted with weather-resistant paint will give additional ozone and sunlight protection.
6. Check the tightness of retaining rings two or three weeks after installation and re-tighten as necessary.
7. Consider ordering a spare expansion joint. The cost of downtime of a critical expansion joint far exceeds the cost of a spare unit placed and protected in reserve
on-site.
8. Failure to install according to instructions, or any evidence of exceeding ratings will automatically void warranty.
CONTROL RODS FOR RUBBER EXPANSION JOINTS
1. Assemble control rod plates behind pipe flanges. Flange bolts through the control plate must be long enough to accommodate the plate. Control rod plates
should be equally spaced around the flange. Depending on the size and pressure rating of the system, more than two (2) control rods may be required.
2. Insert control rods through top plate holes. Steel washers are to be positioned at outer plate surface. An optional rubber washer can be positioned between the
steel washer and the outer plate surface.
3. If a single nut per unit is furnished, position this nut so that there is a gap between the nut and the steel washer. This gap is equal to the joints maximum
extension (commencing with the nominal face-to-face length). To lock this nut in position, either "stake" the thread in two places or tack weld the nut to the rod.
If two nuts are supplied, the nuts will create a "jamming" effect to prevent loosening. NOTE: Consult the manufacturer if there are any questions as to the rated
compression and elongation. These two dimensions are critical in setting the nuts and sizing the compression sleeve.
4. If there is a requirement for compression pipe sleeves, ordinary pipe may be used, sized in length to allow the joint to be compressed to its normal limit.
5. If there is a requirement for spherical washers, these washers are to be positioned at outer plate surface and backed up by movable double nuts.
6. For reducer installations, it is necessary that all control rod installations be parallel to the piping.
I-250001.01 - page 2
STORAGE:
1. Store expansion joints in a dry/cool location such as a warehouse.
2. Store flange face down on a pallet or wooden platform.
3. Do not store other heavy items on top of expansion joint(s).
4. Ten-year shelf life can be expected with ideal conditions.
HANDLING:
Do not lift with ropes or bars through the bolt holes. If lifting through the bore, use padding or a saddle to distribute the weight. Do not let expansion joints sit vertically
on the edges of the flanges for any period of time.
SERVICE CONDITIONS:
Make sure the expansion joint rating for temperature, pressure, vacuum movementsmatch the system requirements. Contact the manufacturer if the system
requirements exceed those of the expansion joint selected.
ALIGNMENT:
Expansion joints are not designed to make up for piping misalignment errors. Pipe misalignment should be no more than 1/8" in any direction.
ANCHORING:
VIMCO SS bellow vibration absorbers and flexible pump connectors must have the protection of adequate anchoring against the internal and thrust pressues of the
media to prevent damage. Usually generic pump connectors are not required to absorb thermal pipe growth; however, bellows type pump connectors do have that
capacity as they are basically expansion joints. Their main function is to contain all vibration in an area near to its source and to prevent "whipping" of adjacent piping.
Anchoring must be installed as close to the outboard end of the connector as possible, with the terminal equipment serving as the opposite anchor. The outboard
anchor must prevent pipe movement in any directon as the degree of deflection movement cannot always be predicted. Hangers or pipe pedestals cannot be
considered to be anchors as they offer no restriction against side or end motion.
Anchors are required whenever a piping system changes direction. Expansion joints should be located as close as possible to anchor points. If an anchoring system is
not used, it is recommended that control rods be installed on the expansion joint to prevent excessive movements from occurring due to pressure thrust of the line.
PIPE SUPPORT:
Piping must be supported so expansion joints do not carry any pipe weight.
WARNING: Expansion joints may operate in pipelines or equipment carrying fluids and/or gases at elevated temperatures and pressures and may transport
hazardous materials. Precautions should be taken to protect personnel in the event of leakage or splash. Rubber expansion joints should not be
installed in inaccessible areas where inspection is impossible.
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : SS BELLOW Drawing no.

Client : EXPANSION JOINTS I-252501.01
Consultant : Installation Instructions (2 pages)
MATING FLANGES:
Install the expansion joint flange against the mating pipe flanges and install bolts so that the bolt head is against the expansion joint flange. Bolts should be installed
from the bellows side (so that the bolt heads are adjacent to the bellows) to insure that the bolts do not interfere with the bellows during periods of compression.
Flange-to-flange dimensions of the expansion joint must match the required opening.
Make sure mating flanges are clean and are matched to the type supplied with the expansion joint. Gaskets of appropriate material, size and temperature ratings must
be used in all flange-to-flange type installations.
BOLT TORQUE:
Tighten bolts in stages by alternating around the flange. Never tighten an expansion joint to the point that there is metal-to-metal contact between the expansion joint
flange and the mating flange.
ADDITIONAL TIPS:
1. Insulation or thermal blankets over a metal expansion joint should be selected avoiding the use of corrosive chloride bearing insulation materials. Insulation
should be made removable to permit easy access to the flange area, to check bolting.
2. Do not weld in the near vicinity of a non-shrouded expansion joint without protecting the expansion joint from damaginf weld splatter.
3. If an expansion joint is to be installed underground, or will be submerged in water, contact the manufacturer for specific guidelines.
4. Consider ordering a spare expansion joint. The cost of downtime of a critical expansion joint far exceeds the cost of a spare unit placed and protected in reserve
on-site.
5. Failure to install according to instructions, or any evidence of exceeding ratings will automatically void warranty.
I-252501.01 - page 2
Nose of Tool Handle Locking Pin
Angle Position
Winding Mandrel
Straight Position
Cutter Handle
Tension Release
Levers
Winding Knob Handle in Pistol Grip
Ratchet Handle (Also Hammer Surface) Position
Pistol Grip Position:
1. With the Bantam Tool in the Pistol Grip 2. With ratcheting action, tension the band until 3. Roll tool over as far as tool will go, and push
Position, Place the band in the tool with clamp is tight. If necessary, band may be forward cutter handle. Remove tool and tap
sufficient band in the winding mandrel. repositioned be releasing tension with levers. down ears of clip to complete clamp. Remove
excess material from winding mandrel.
Straight or Angle Position:
1. With the Bantam Tool in the Pistol Grip 2. With ratcheting action, tension the band until 3. Roll tool over as far as tool will go, and push
Position, Place the band in the tool with clamp is tight. forward cutter handle. Remove tool and tap
sufficient band in the winding mandrel. down ears of clip to complete clamp.

Project : Title : BANTAM TOOL Drawing no.
Client : Operating Instructions I-273631.03
Consultant :
1. Lay a sheet of polyethylene on floor and place inertia base in its operating location with rebar located toward bottom
of base.
2. If anchor bolts are provided by VIMCO, verify that their locations match equipmet mounting holes. Pour concrete and
let it cure.
3. After concrete hardens, raise inertia base to install isolators under isolator mounting clips and place blocks/shims to
maintain inertia base at operating level.
4. Install equipment on base and anchor in place using VIMCO anchor bolts or post-drill anchors.
5. Use isolator height adjustment mechanisms to raise base of blocks/shims and level.
6. Remove blocks/shims and clear debris after leveling.

Project : Title : INERTIA BASE Drawing no.
Client : Installation Instructions I-300001.01
Consultant :
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : 'AR' RAILS Drawing no.

Client : installation I-300011.01
Consultant :

Consultant : (optional method 1)

Consultant : (optional method 2)
Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : 'AR' SPLICE KIT Drawing no.

Consultant :
2. Remove equipment lockdown nuts on each isolator.
3. Raise equipment and place isolators under holes in equipment base.
4. Isolator base plate will be slightly raised from floor. Anchor isolator base plate to housekeeping pad / structural steel
support so that isolator base plate is flush with floor.
5. Lower equipment on isolators so that locating studs protrude through equipment mounting holes.
6. Turn height adjustment nuts to compress spring till equipment base is raised from isolator top plate. Continue
adjusting till equipment is level and raised from isolator top plate to specified clearance.
7. Turn uplift restraint nut till clearance between uplift restraint washer and rubber grommet is equal to clearance between
height adjustment nut and rubber grommet i.e. upward and downward clearance is the same.
8. Replace and tighten the equipmetn lockdown nuts securing equipment to isolators.

Project : Title : SSMA Drawing no.
Client : Seismic Spring Mount I-310002.01

Engineeringbinder PDF

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Título original

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

Engineeringbinder PDF

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

VIBRATION MANAGEMENT

Visit our website at WWW.VIMCO.BIZ

VIBRATION AND NOISE CONTROL

VIMCO™ expansion joints are available in EPDM and stainless steel

Clevis Hangars Roller Chairs Riser Pipe Clamps

DUCTING / PIPING ACCESSORIES :

Thermometers Automatic Airvents Brass Unions Damper Quadrants Splitter Dampers

With the recent enhanced awareness and enforcement

We can work with the engineer in the design stage of

A range of solutions can be recommended/supplied.

Clevis Hangers Roller Chairs Pipe Slides

* Ancillary Product Lines

VIBRATION MANAGEMENT CORPORATION

T: +1 (713) 263-8181 F: +1 (713) 263-1133 E: sales@vimco.biz

VIMCO™ vibration and noise isolation products are installed

Our headquarters and manufacturing facilities in the port city of

In addition to our vibration and noise isolation product line,

Please browse through our products online at www.vimco.biz

Catalog G-1100 (Rev. 2)

VIMCO™ is now actively concentrating on shoring up its

VIMCO™ is a regular exhibitor at industry tradeshows,

Catalog G-1100 (Rev. 2)

VIMCO is proud to introduce the 1st major product development in

Our patent pending model

MODEL SIZE RECOMMENDED LOAD (MAX LOAD)

Compressive strength at 25% deflection (psi) 70

A. Elastomeric Pad Isolators

Looking for an easier way to isolate vibration on

Direct and flanking noise attenuation

1. Roll-out isolation material provided

45° FLARE FITTINGS

* All dimensions in inches unless otherwise specified

'AR' ROOF CURB ISOLATION RAILS

The 'AR' rails combine extruded aluminum construction

To simplify installation, 'AR' rails are manufactured and

If the condenser section is supported by a separate

1. Erect standard roof curb at designated roof location and install

5. Caulk joints with silicone caulking compound supplied by VIMCO.

*** END OF SECTION ***

*** END OF SECTION ***

Drawing No. Title Rv Drawing No. Title Rv

Notes / Remarks : Project : Title : Submittal Drawing Index Drawing no.

Drawing No. Title Rv. Drawing No. Title Rv

1" deflection 2" deflection

Open Spring Mounts (OSM / RSM)

Notes / Remarks : VIBRATION MANAGEMENT CORPORATION

Spring + Neospring Hangars

S-1100.10 - page 2 (Rev. 4)

1" deflection 2" deflection

Open Spring Mounts (OSM / RSM)

Spring + Neospring Hangars

S-1100.11 - page 2 (Rev. 1)

Spring Mounts (Free-Standing/Open)

Spring Mounts (Housed)

CEILING SUSPENDED INSTALLATIONS

* See reverse for load selection tables

CRMP ECRMP RMP SRMP

Notes / Remarks : VIBRATION MANAGEMENT CORPORATION

Table 1 Table 2 Table 3a

Table 3b Table 4 Table 5a

Table 5b Table 6a Table 6b

S-1100.16 - page 1 (Rev. 1)

Notes / Remarks : VIBRATION MANAGEMENT CORPORATION

* END OF SECTION *

* END OF SECTION *